1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1093   return Result;
1094 }
1095 
1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1097   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1098 }
1099 
1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1102 ///
1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1105   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1106   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1107   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1108   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1109   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1110   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1111   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1112   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1113   //   namespace.
1114   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1115   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1116   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1117   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1118   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1119 
1120   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1121 
1122 #ifndef NDEBUG
1123   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1124   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1125   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1126 #endif
1127 
1128   CurContext = DC;
1129   S->setEntity(DC);
1130 }
1131 
1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1133   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1134 
1135   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1136   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1137   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1138   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1139   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1140 
1141   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1142   // disappear.
1143 }
1144 
1145 
1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1147   // We assume that the caller has already called
1148   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1149   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1150   if (!FD)
1151     return;
1152 
1153   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1154   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1155   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1156     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1157   CurContext = FD;
1158   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1159 
1160   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1161     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1162     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1163     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1164       S->AddDecl(Param);
1165       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1166     }
1167   }
1168 }
1169 
1170 
1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1172   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1173   // rather than the top-level class.
1174   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1175   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1176   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1177 }
1178 
1179 
1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1182 ///
1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1188 /// attribute.
1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1190                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1191   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1192     return true;
1193 
1194   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1195     return true;
1196 
1197   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1198           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1199 }
1200 
1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1203   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1204   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1205   // scope.
1206   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1207     S = S->getParent();
1208 
1209   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1210   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1211   // into any context.
1212   if (AddToContext)
1213     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1214 
1215   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1216   // are function-local declarations.
1217   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1218       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1219         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1220       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1221     return;
1222 
1223   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1224   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1225       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1226     return;
1227 
1228   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1229   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1230                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1231   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1232     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1233       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1234       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1235 
1236       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1237       break;
1238     }
1239   }
1240 
1241   S->AddDecl(D);
1242 
1243   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1244     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1245     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1246     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1247     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1248       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1249       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1250         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1251           continue;
1252       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1253         break;
1254     }
1255 
1256     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1257   } else {
1258     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1259   }
1260 }
1261 
1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1263   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1264     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1265 }
1266 
1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1268                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1269   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1270 }
1271 
1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1273   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1274   do {
1275     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1276       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1277         return S;
1278   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1279 
1280   return nullptr;
1281 }
1282 
1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1284                                             DeclContext*,
1285                                             ASTContext&);
1286 
1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1290                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1291                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1292   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1293   while (F.hasNext()) {
1294     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1295 
1296     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1297       continue;
1298 
1299     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1300       continue;
1301 
1302     F.erase();
1303   }
1304 
1305   F.done();
1306 }
1307 
1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1309   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1310          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1311          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1312 }
1313 
1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1316   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1317   while (F.hasNext())
1318     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1319       F.erase();
1320 
1321   F.done();
1322 }
1323 
1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1325 /// @code
1326 /// class S {
1327 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1328 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1329 /// };
1330 /// @endcode
1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1332   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1333   // the decl here.
1334   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1335     return false;
1336 
1337   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1338     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1339   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1340     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1341   return false;
1342 }
1343 
1344 // We need this to handle
1345 //
1346 // typedef struct {
1347 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1348 // } A;
1349 //
1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1355 // not.
1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1357   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1358   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1359     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1360       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1361         return true;
1362     }
1363     DC = DC->getParent();
1364   }
1365 
1366   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1367 }
1368 
1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1370 // these semantics.
1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1372   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1373     return false;
1374   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1375 }
1376 
1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1378   assert(D);
1379 
1380   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1381     return false;
1382 
1383   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1384   // of members of class templates.
1385   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1386       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1387     return false;
1388 
1389   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1390     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1391       return false;
1392 
1393     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1394       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1395         return false;
1396     } else {
1397       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1398       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1399         return false;
1400     }
1401 
1402     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1403         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1404       return false;
1405   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1406     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1407     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1408     // like "inline".)
1409     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1410       return false;
1411 
1412     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1413       return false;
1414 
1415     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1416         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1417       return false;
1418   } else {
1419     return false;
1420   }
1421 
1422   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1423   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1424   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1425   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1426 }
1427 
1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1429   if (!D)
1430     return;
1431 
1432   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1433     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1434     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1435       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1436   }
1437 
1438   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1439     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1440     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1441       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1442   }
1443 
1444   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1445     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1446 }
1447 
1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1449   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1450     return false;
1451 
1452   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1453       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1454     return false;
1455 
1456   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1457     return true;
1458 
1459   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1460   // functions.
1461   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1462   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1463     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1464     WithinFunction =
1465         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1466   if (!WithinFunction)
1467     return false;
1468 
1469   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1470     return true;
1471 
1472   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1473   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1474     return false;
1475 
1476   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1477   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1478 
1479     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1480     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1481 
1482     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1483     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1484       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1485         return false;
1486     }
1487 
1488     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1489     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1490     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1491       return false;
1492 
1493     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1494       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1495       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1496         return false;
1497 
1498       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1499         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1500           return false;
1501 
1502         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1503           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1504                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1505             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1506           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1507             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1508           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1509             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1510             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1511               return false;
1512           }
1513         }
1514       }
1515     }
1516 
1517     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1518   }
1519 
1520   return true;
1521 }
1522 
1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1524                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1525   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1526     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1527                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1528     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1529       return;
1530     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1531                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1532   }
1533   return;
1534 }
1535 
1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1537   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1538     return;
1539 
1540   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1541     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1542       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1543     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1545   }
1546 }
1547 
1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1551   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1552     return;
1553 
1554   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1555     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1556     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1557     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1558     return;
1559   }
1560 
1561   FixItHint Hint;
1562   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1563 
1564   unsigned DiagID;
1565   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1566     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1567   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1569   else
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1571 
1572   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1573 }
1574 
1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1576   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1577   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1578   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1579   // MS inline assembly label name.
1580   bool Diagnose = false;
1581   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1582     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1583   else
1584     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1585   if (Diagnose)
1586     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1587 }
1588 
1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1590   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1591 
1592   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1593   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1594          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1595 
1596   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1597     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1598 
1599     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1600     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1601 
1602     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1603 
1604     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1605     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1606       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1607       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1608         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1609     }
1610 
1611     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1612     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1613       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1614 
1615     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1616     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1617   }
1618 }
1619 
1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1621 ///
1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1624 /// to the fixed name.
1625 ///
1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1629 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1630 ///
1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1632 /// class could not be found.
1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1634                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1635                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1636   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1637   // creation from this context.
1638   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1639 
1640   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1641     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1642     // find an Objective-C class name.
1643     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1644             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1645             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1646             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1647       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1648       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1649       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1650     }
1651   }
1652   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1653   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1654   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1655       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1656   return Def;
1657 }
1658 
1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1663 /// ill-formed in C++:
1664 /// @code
1665 /// struct S6 {
1666 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1667 /// };
1668 ///
1669 /// void test_S6() {
1670 ///   struct S6 a;
1671 ///   a.e = BAR;
1672 /// }
1673 /// @endcode
1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1681 /// contain non-field names.
1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1683   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1684          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1685          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1686     S = S->getParent();
1687   return S;
1688 }
1689 
1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1695                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1696   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1697     return;
1698   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1699 
1700   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1701                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1702   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1703   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1704     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1705       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1706 }
1707 
1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1709   switch (Error) {
1710   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1711     return "";
1712   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1713     return "stdio.h";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1715     return "setjmp.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1717     return "ucontext.h";
1718   }
1719   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1720 }
1721 
1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1723 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1725 /// built-in.
1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1727                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1728                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1729   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1730 
1731   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1732   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1733   if (Error) {
1734     if (ForRedeclaration)
1735       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1736           << getHeaderName(Error)
1737           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1738     return nullptr;
1739   }
1740 
1741   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1742     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1743       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1744       << R;
1745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1746         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1747       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1748           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1750   }
1751 
1752   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1754     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1755         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1756                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1757     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1758     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1759     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1760   }
1761 
1762   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1763                                            Parent,
1764                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1765                                            SC_Extern,
1766                                            false,
1767                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1768   New->setImplicit();
1769 
1770   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1771   // FunctionDecl.
1772   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1773     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1774     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1775       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1776           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1777                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1778                               SC_None, nullptr);
1779       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1780       Params.push_back(parm);
1781     }
1782     New->setParams(Params);
1783   }
1784 
1785   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1786   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1787 
1788   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1789   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1790   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1791   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1792   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1793   CurContext = Parent;
1794   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1795   CurContext = SavedContext;
1796   return New;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1800 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1801 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1802 /// entity.
1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Sema &S,
1804                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1805                                               LookupResult &previous){
1806   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1807   if ((!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
1808       !S.getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage)
1809     return;
1810 
1811   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1812   if (previous.empty())
1813     return;
1814 
1815   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1816   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1817     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1818 
1819     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1820     if (S.isVisible(old))
1821       continue;
1822 
1823     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1824       filter.erase();
1825   }
1826 
1827   filter.done();
1828 }
1829 
1830 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1831 /// entity if their types are the same.
1832 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1833 /// isSameEntity.
1834 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1835                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1836                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1837   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1838   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1839     return;
1840 
1841   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1842   if (Previous.empty())
1843     return;
1844 
1845   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1846   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1847     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1848 
1849     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1850     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1851       continue;
1852 
1853     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1854     // different linkages.
1855     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1856       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1857                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1858         continue;
1859 
1860       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1861       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1862       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1863           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1864         continue;
1865     }
1866 
1867     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1868       Filter.erase();
1869   }
1870 
1871   Filter.done();
1872 }
1873 
1874 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1875   QualType OldType;
1876   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1877     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1878   else
1879     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1880   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1881 
1882   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1883     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1884     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1885     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1886       << Kind << NewType;
1887     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1888       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1889     New->setInvalidDecl();
1890     return true;
1891   }
1892 
1893   if (OldType != NewType &&
1894       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1895       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1896       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1897     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1898     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1899       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1900     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1901       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1902     New->setInvalidDecl();
1903     return true;
1904   }
1905   return false;
1906 }
1907 
1908 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1909 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1910 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1911 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1912 ///
1913 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1914   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1915   // merging checks.
1916   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1917 
1918   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1919   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1920   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1921     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1922     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1923     default: break;
1924     case 2:
1925       {
1926         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1927           break;
1928         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1929         if (!T->isPointerType())
1930           break;
1931         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1932           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1933           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1934             break;
1935         }
1936         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1937         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1938         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1939         return;
1940       }
1941     case 5:
1942       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1943         break;
1944       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1945       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1946       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1947       return;
1948     case 3:
1949       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1950         break;
1951       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1952       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1953       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1954       return;
1955     }
1956     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1957   }
1958 
1959   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1960   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1961   if (!Old) {
1962     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1963       << New->getDeclName();
1964 
1965     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1966     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1967       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1968 
1969     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1970   }
1971 
1972   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1973   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1974     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1975 
1976   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1977     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1978     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1979     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1980     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1981         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1982         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1983       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1984       // instead of our tag.
1985       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1986       if (OldTD->isModed())
1987         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1988                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1989       else
1990         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1991 
1992       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1993       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1994     }
1995   }
1996 
1997   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1998   // with any extensions enabled.
1999   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2000     return;
2001 
2002   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2003   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2004   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2005     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2006     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2007   }
2008 
2009   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2010     return;
2011 
2012   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2013     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2014     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2015     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2016     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2017     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2018       return;
2019 
2020     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2021     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2022     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2023     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2024     //
2025     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2026     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2027     //
2028     //   struct S {
2029     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2030     //   };
2031     //
2032     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2033     // allow the above but disallow
2034     //
2035     //   struct S {
2036     //     typedef int I;
2037     //     typedef int I;
2038     //   };
2039     //
2040     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2041     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2042       return;
2043 
2044     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2045       << New->getDeclName();
2046     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2047     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2048   }
2049 
2050   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2051   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2052     return;
2053 
2054   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2055   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2056   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2057   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2058   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2059       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2060        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2061     return;
2062 
2063   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2064     << New->getDeclName();
2065   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2066 }
2067 
2068 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2069 /// attribute.
2070 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2071   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2072   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2073   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2074     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2075       if (Ann) {
2076         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2077           return true;
2078         continue;
2079       }
2080       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2081       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2082         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2083       return true;
2084     }
2085 
2086   return false;
2087 }
2088 
2089 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2090   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2091     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2092   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2093     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2094   return true;
2095 }
2096 
2097 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2098 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2099 ///
2100 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2101 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2102   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2103   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2104   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2105   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2106   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2107   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2108     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2109     // in a case like:
2110     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2111     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2112     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2113     // definition in such a case.
2114     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2115       return false;
2116 
2117     if (I->isAlignas())
2118       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2119 
2120     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2121     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2122       OldAlign = Align;
2123       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2124     }
2125   }
2126 
2127   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2128   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2129   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2130   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2131     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2132       return false;
2133 
2134     if (I->isAlignas())
2135       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2136 
2137     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2138     if (Align > NewAlign)
2139       NewAlign = Align;
2140   }
2141 
2142   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2143     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2144     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2145     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2146     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2147 
2148     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2149     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2150     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2151       QualType Ty;
2152       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2153         Ty = VD->getType();
2154       else
2155         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2156 
2157       if (OldAlign == 0)
2158         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2159       if (NewAlign == 0)
2160         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2161     }
2162 
2163     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2164       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2165         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2166         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2167       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2168     }
2169   }
2170 
2171   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2172     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2173     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2174     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2175     //   equivalent alignment.
2176     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2177     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2178     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2179     //   have no alignment specifier.
2180     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2181       << OldAlignasAttr;
2182     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2183       << OldAlignasAttr;
2184   }
2185 
2186   bool AnyAdded = false;
2187 
2188   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2189   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2190     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2191     Clone->setInherited(true);
2192     New->addAttr(Clone);
2193     AnyAdded = true;
2194   }
2195 
2196   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2197   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2198       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2199     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2200     Clone->setInherited(true);
2201     New->addAttr(Clone);
2202     AnyAdded = true;
2203   }
2204 
2205   return AnyAdded;
2206 }
2207 
2208 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2209                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2210   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2211   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2212   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2213     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2214                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2215                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2216                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2217                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2218   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2219     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2220                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2221   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2222     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2223                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2224   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2225     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2226                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2227   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2228     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2229                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2230   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2231     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2232                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2233                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2234   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2235     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2236                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2237   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2238     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2239                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2240                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2241   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2242     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2243                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2244                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2245   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2246     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2247   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2248     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2249   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2250     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2251     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2252     NewAttr = nullptr;
2253   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2254     NewAttr = nullptr;
2255   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2256     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2257 
2258   if (NewAttr) {
2259     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2260     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2261     return true;
2262   }
2263 
2264   return false;
2265 }
2266 
2267 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2268   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2269     return TD->getDefinition();
2270   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2271     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2272     if (Def)
2273       return Def;
2274     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2275   }
2276   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2277     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2278     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2279       return Def;
2280   }
2281   return nullptr;
2282 }
2283 
2284 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2285   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2286     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2287       return true;
2288   return false;
2289 }
2290 
2291 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2292 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2293 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2294   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2295     return;
2296 
2297   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2298   if (!Def || Def == New)
2299     return;
2300 
2301   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2302   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2303     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2304 
2305     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2306       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2307         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2308       else {
2309         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2310         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2311                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2312                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2313                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2314         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2315         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2316         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2317       }
2318       ++I;
2319       continue;
2320     }
2321 
2322     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2323       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2324       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2325         ++I;
2326         continue;
2327       }
2328     }
2329 
2330     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2331       ++I;
2332       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2333     }
2334 
2335     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2336       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2337       ++I;
2338       continue;
2339     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2340       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2341         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2342         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2343         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2344         //   equivalent alignment.
2345         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2346         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2347         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2348         //   have no alignment specifier.
2349         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2350           << AA;
2351         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2352           << AA;
2353         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2354         --E;
2355         continue;
2356       }
2357     }
2358 
2359     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2360            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2361     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2362     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2363     --E;
2364   }
2365 }
2366 
2367 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2368 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2369                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2370   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2371     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2372     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2373     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2374   }
2375 
2376   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2377     return;
2378 
2379   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2380   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2381 
2382   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2383     return;
2384 
2385   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2386 
2387   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2388   // we process them.
2389   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2390 
2391   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2392     bool Override = false;
2393     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2394     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2395         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2396         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2397       switch (AMK) {
2398       case AMK_None:
2399         continue;
2400 
2401       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2402         break;
2403 
2404       case AMK_Override:
2405         Override = true;
2406         break;
2407       }
2408     }
2409 
2410     // Already handled.
2411     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2412       continue;
2413 
2414     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2415       foundAny = true;
2416   }
2417 
2418   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2419     foundAny = true;
2420 
2421   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2422 }
2423 
2424 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2425 /// to the new one.
2426 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2427                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2428                                      Sema &S) {
2429   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2430   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2431   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2432   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2433   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2434   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2435     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2436            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2437     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2438     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2439     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2440       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2441     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2442       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2443     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2444            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2445   }
2446 
2447   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2448     return;
2449 
2450   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2451 
2452   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2453   // done before we process them.
2454   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2455 
2456   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2457     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2458       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2459         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2460       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2461       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2462       foundAny = true;
2463     }
2464   }
2465 
2466   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2467 }
2468 
2469 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2470                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2471                                 Sema &S) {
2472   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2473     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2474       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2475         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2476           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2477                *Newnullability,
2478                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2479                 != 0))
2480           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2481                *Oldnullability,
2482                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2483                 != 0));
2484         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2485       }
2486     } else {
2487       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2488       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2489                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2490                          NewT, NewT);
2491       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2492     }
2493   }
2494 }
2495 
2496 namespace {
2497 
2498 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2499 /// C.
2500 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2501   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2502   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2503   QualType PromotedType;
2504 };
2505 
2506 }
2507 
2508 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2509 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2510   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2511     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2512       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2513 
2514     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2515       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2516 
2517     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2518       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2519   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2520     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2521   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2522     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2523   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2524     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2525   }
2526 
2527   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2528 }
2529 
2530 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2531 // declaration, or a declaration.
2532 template <typename T>
2533 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2534 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2535   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2536   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2537   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2538     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2539   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2540     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2541     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2542       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2543   } else
2544     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2545   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2546 }
2547 
2548 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2549 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2550 /// GNU89 mode.
2551 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2552                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2553   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2554           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2555           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2556           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2557 }
2558 
2559 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2560   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2561   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2562     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2563   return AT;
2564 }
2565 
2566 template <typename T>
2567 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2568   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2569   if (DC->isRecord())
2570     return false;
2571 
2572   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2573   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2574     return true;
2575   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2576     return true;
2577   return false;
2578 }
2579 
2580 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2581 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2582 
2583 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2584 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2585 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2586 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2587 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2588                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2589   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2590   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2591   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2592   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2593   //      and function templates; or
2594   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2595   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2596   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2597   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2598   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2599 
2600   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2601   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2602   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2603   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2604   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2605 
2606   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2607   if (Old &&
2608       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2609           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2610       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2611     Old = nullptr;
2612 
2613   if (!Old) {
2614     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2615     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2616     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2617     return true;
2618   }
2619   return false;
2620 }
2621 
2622 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2623 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2624 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2625 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2626 ///
2627 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2628 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2629 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2630 /// merged with.
2631 ///
2632 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2633 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2634                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2635   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2636   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2637   if (!Old) {
2638     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2639       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2640         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2641         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2642              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2643         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2644              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2645         return true;
2646       }
2647 
2648       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2649       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2650         return true;
2651       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2652     } else {
2653       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2654         << New->getDeclName();
2655       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2656       return true;
2657     }
2658   }
2659 
2660   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2661   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2662     return true;
2663 
2664   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2665   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2666   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2667       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2668 
2669   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2670   // is an extern inline function.
2671   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2672   // storage classes.
2673   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2674       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2675       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2676       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2677       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2678     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2679       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2680       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2681     } else {
2682       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2683       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2684       return true;
2685     }
2686   }
2687 
2688 
2689   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2690   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2691   // convention of the first.
2692   //
2693   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2694   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2695   //
2696   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2697   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2698   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2699   //
2700   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2701   // other tests to run.
2702   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2703   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2704   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2705   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2706   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2707   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2708   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2709 
2710   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2711     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2712     const FunctionType *FT =
2713         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2714     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2715     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2716     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2717       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2718       // there but not here.
2719       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2720       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2721     } else {
2722       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2723       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2724       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2725         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2726         << !FirstCCExplicit
2727         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2728             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2729 
2730       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2731       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2732       return true;
2733     }
2734   }
2735 
2736   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2737   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2738     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2739     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2740   }
2741 
2742   // Merge regparm attribute.
2743   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2744       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2745     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2746       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2747         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2748         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2749       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2750       return true;
2751     }
2752 
2753     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2754     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2755   }
2756 
2757   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2758   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2759     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2760       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2761       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2762       return true;
2763     }
2764 
2765     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2766     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2767   }
2768 
2769   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2770     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2771     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2772     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2773     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2774     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2775   }
2776 
2777   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2778   // UndefinedButUsed.
2779   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2780       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2781       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2782       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2783       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2784     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2785                                            SourceLocation()));
2786 
2787   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2788   // about it.
2789   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2790       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2791     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2792   }
2793 
2794   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2795     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2796     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2797     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2798     //        cannot be overloaded.
2799 
2800     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2801     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2802     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2803     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2804     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2805     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2806         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2807              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2808              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2809     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2810         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2811              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2812              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2813     QualType ResQT;
2814     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2815         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2816           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2817       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2818           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2819         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2820       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2821         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2822           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2823               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2824         else
2825           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2826               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2827         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2828                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2829         return true;
2830       }
2831       else
2832         NewQType = ResQT;
2833     }
2834 
2835     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2836     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2837     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2838       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2839       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2840       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2841       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2842         New->setType(
2843             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2844                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2845                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2846         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2847             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2848                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2849                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2850       }
2851     }
2852 
2853     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2854     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2855     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2856       // Preserve triviality.
2857       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2858 
2859       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2860       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2861       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2862       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2863                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2864                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2865       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2866 
2867       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2868           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2869         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2870         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2871         //       is a static member function declaration.
2872         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2873           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2874           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2875           return true;
2876         }
2877 
2878         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2879         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2880         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2881         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2882         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2883           unsigned NewDiag;
2884           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2885             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2886           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2887             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2888           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2889             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2890           else
2891             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2892 
2893           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2894         } else {
2895           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2896             << New << New->getType();
2897         }
2898         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2899         return true;
2900 
2901       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2902       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2903       //
2904       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2905       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2906       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2907         if (isFriend) {
2908           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2909         } else {
2910           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2911                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2912             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2913           return true;
2914         }
2915       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2916         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2917              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2918           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2919         return true;
2920       }
2921     }
2922 
2923     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2924     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2925     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2926     //   attribute.
2927     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2928     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2929       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2930       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2931            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2932     }
2933 
2934     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2935     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2936     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2937     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2938     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2939     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2940       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2941            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2942       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2943            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2944     }
2945 
2946     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2947     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2948     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2949     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2950 
2951     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2952     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2953     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2954       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2955       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2956         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2957       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2958       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2959     }
2960 
2961     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2962       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2963       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2964       //
2965       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2966       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2967       // linkage within class scope.
2968       //
2969       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2970       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2971         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2972         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2973       } else {
2974         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2975         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2976         return true;
2977       }
2978     }
2979 
2980     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2981       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2982 
2983     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2984         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2985       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2986       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2987       // when we instantiate the function.
2988       return false;
2989     }
2990 
2991     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2992   }
2993 
2994   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2995   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2996   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2997       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2998     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2999     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3000     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3001     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3002         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3003       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3004       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3005       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3006       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3007       NewQType =
3008           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3009                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3010       New->setType(NewQType);
3011       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3012 
3013       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3014       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3015       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3016         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3017                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3018                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3019                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3020         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3021         Param->setImplicit();
3022         Params.push_back(Param);
3023       }
3024 
3025       New->setParams(Params);
3026     }
3027 
3028     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3029   }
3030 
3031   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3032   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3033   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3034   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3035   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3036   // the prototype.
3037   //
3038   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3039   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3040   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3041   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3042   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3043       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3044       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3045       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3046     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3047     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3048     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3049       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3050     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3051       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3052 
3053     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3054     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3055                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3056     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3057     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3058          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3059       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3060       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3061       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3062                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3063         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3064       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3065                                             NewParm->getType(),
3066                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3067         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3068                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3069         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3070         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3071       } else
3072         LooseCompatible = false;
3073     }
3074 
3075     if (LooseCompatible) {
3076       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3077         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3078              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3079           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3080           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3081         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3082           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3083                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3084       }
3085 
3086       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3087         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3088                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3089       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3090     }
3091 
3092     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3093   }
3094 
3095   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3096   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3097 
3098   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3099   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3100   unsigned BuiltinID;
3101   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3102     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3103     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3104     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3105       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3106       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3107         << Old << Old->getType();
3108 
3109       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3110       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3111       //
3112       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3113       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3114       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3115       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3116       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3117       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3118         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
3119 
3120       return false;
3121     }
3122 
3123     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3124   }
3125 
3126   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3127   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3128   return true;
3129 }
3130 
3131 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3132 /// known to be compatible.
3133 ///
3134 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3135 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3136 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3137 /// redeclaration of Old.
3138 ///
3139 /// \returns false
3140 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3141                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3142   // Merge the attributes
3143   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3144 
3145   // Merge "pure" flag.
3146   if (Old->isPure())
3147     New->setPure();
3148 
3149   // Merge "used" flag.
3150   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3151     New->setIsUsed();
3152 
3153   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3154   // declarations.
3155   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3156       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3157         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3158         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3159         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3160         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3161       }
3162 
3163   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3164     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3165 
3166   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3167   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3168   // was visible.
3169   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3170   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3171     New->setType(Merged);
3172 
3173   return false;
3174 }
3175 
3176 
3177 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3178                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3179 
3180   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3181   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3182     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3183                                                    : AMK_Override;
3184   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3185 
3186   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3187   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3188                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3189   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3190          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3191        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3192     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3193 
3194   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3195 }
3196 
3197 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3198 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3199 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3200 ///
3201 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3202 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3203 /// is attached.
3204 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3205                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3206   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3207     return;
3208 
3209   QualType MergedT;
3210   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3211     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3212       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3213       return;
3214     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3215       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3216       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3217     }
3218     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3219     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3220     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3221     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3222     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3223     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3224              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3225       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3226       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3227       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3228                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3229         MergedT = New->getType();
3230     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3231                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3232       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3233       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3234       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3235                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3236         MergedT = Old->getType();
3237     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3238                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3239       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3240                                               Old->getType());
3241     }
3242   } else {
3243     // C 6.2.7p2:
3244     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3245     //   compatible type.
3246     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3247   }
3248   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3249     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3250     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3251     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3252     // equivalent.
3253     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3254     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3255          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3256       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3257       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3258       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3259       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3260         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3261       return;
3262     }
3263 
3264     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3265     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3266     //
3267     //   extern int arr[];
3268     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3269     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3270     //
3271     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3272     // to diagnose it.
3273     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3274                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3275                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3276         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3277 
3278     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3279     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3280     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3281         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3282     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3283     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3284   }
3285 
3286   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3287   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3288   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3289     New->setType(MergedT);
3290 }
3291 
3292 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3293                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3294   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3295   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3296   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3297   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3298   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3299   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3300   //
3301   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3302   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3303     return false;
3304 
3305   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3306     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3307     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3308     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3309     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3310     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3311            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3312             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3313   } else {
3314     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3315     // type unless we're in the same function.
3316     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3317            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3318   }
3319 }
3320 
3321 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3322 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3323 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3324 ///
3325 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3326 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3327 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3328 ///
3329 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3330   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3331   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3332     return;
3333 
3334   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3335 
3336   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3337   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3338   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3339   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3340     if (NewTemplate) {
3341       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3342       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3343 
3344       if (auto *Shadow =
3345               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3346         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3347           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3348     } else {
3349       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3350 
3351       if (auto *Shadow =
3352               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3353         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3354           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3355     }
3356   }
3357   if (!Old) {
3358     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3359       << New->getDeclName();
3360     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3361          diag::note_previous_definition);
3362     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3363   }
3364 
3365   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3366     return;
3367 
3368   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3369   if (NewTemplate &&
3370       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3371                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3372                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3373     return;
3374 
3375   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3376   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3377   //
3378   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3379   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3380     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3381       << New->getIdentifier();
3382     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3383     New->setInvalidDecl();
3384   }
3385 
3386   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3387   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3388   // declaration
3389   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3390       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3391       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3392     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3393     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3394     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3395     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3396   }
3397 
3398   // Merge the types.
3399   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3400   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3401     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3402                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3403     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3404       return;
3405   }
3406 
3407   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3408   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3409     return;
3410 
3411   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3412   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3413   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3414       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3415 
3416   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3417   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3418       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3419       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3420     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3421       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3422           << New->getDeclName();
3423       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3424     } else {
3425       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3426           << New->getDeclName();
3427       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3428       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3429     }
3430   }
3431   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3432   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3433   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3434   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3435   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3436   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3437   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3438   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3439   //   identifier has external linkage.
3440   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3441     /* Okay */;
3442   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3443            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3444            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3445     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3446     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3447     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3448   }
3449 
3450   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3451   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3452       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3453     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3454     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3455     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3456   }
3457   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3458       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3459     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3460     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3461     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3462   }
3463 
3464   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3465 
3466   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3467   // need to check for mismatches.
3468   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3469       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3470       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3471         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3472     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3473     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3474     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3475   }
3476 
3477   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3478     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3479       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3480       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3481     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3482       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3483       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3484     } else {
3485       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3486       // static and dynamic initialization.
3487       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3488       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3489       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3490         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3491       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3492     }
3493   }
3494 
3495   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3496   VarDecl *Def;
3497   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3498       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3499       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3500     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3501     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3502         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3503          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3504          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3505          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3506       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3507       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3508     } else {
3509       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3510       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3511       New->setInvalidDecl();
3512       return;
3513     }
3514   }
3515 
3516   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3517     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3518     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3519     New->setInvalidDecl();
3520     return;
3521   }
3522 
3523   // Merge "used" flag.
3524   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3525     New->setIsUsed();
3526 
3527   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3528   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3529   if (NewTemplate)
3530     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3531 
3532   // Inherit access appropriately.
3533   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3534   if (NewTemplate)
3535     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3536 }
3537 
3538 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3539 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3540 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3541                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3542   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3543 }
3544 
3545 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3546 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3547 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3548 // compatibility.
3549 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3550 // targeted.
3551 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3552   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3553              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3554              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3555 }
3556 
3557 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3558   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3559     return;
3560 
3561   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3562     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3563     // it is anonymous.
3564     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3565       return;
3566     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3567         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3568     Context.setManglingNumber(
3569         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3570                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3571     return;
3572   }
3573 
3574   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3575   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3576   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3577           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3578     Context.setManglingNumber(
3579         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3580                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3581   }
3582 }
3583 
3584 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3585                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3586   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3587   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3588   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3589     return;
3590   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3591     return;
3592 
3593   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3594   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3595 
3596   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3597   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3598                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3599     return;
3600 
3601   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3602   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3603   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3604   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3605   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3606   // for how to handle it.
3607   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3608     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3609 
3610     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3611     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3612 
3613     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3614     textToInsert += ' ';
3615     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3616     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3617         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3618     return;
3619   }
3620 
3621   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3622   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3623 }
3624 
3625 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3626   switch (T) {
3627   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3628     return 0;
3629   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3630     return 1;
3631   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3632     return 2;
3633   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3634     return 3;
3635   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3636     return 4;
3637   default:
3638     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3639   }
3640 }
3641 
3642 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3643 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3644 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3645 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3646                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3647                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3648                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3649   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3650   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3651   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3652       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3653       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3654       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3655       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3656     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3657 
3658     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3659       return nullptr;
3660 
3661     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3662     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3663     // it's a Type.
3664     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3665       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3666     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3667       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3668   }
3669 
3670   if (Tag) {
3671     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3672     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3673     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3674       return Tag;
3675   }
3676 
3677   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3678     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3679     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3680     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3681       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3682            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3683            << DS.getSourceRange();
3684   }
3685 
3686   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3687     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3688     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3689     if (Tag)
3690       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3691           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3692     else
3693       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3694     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3695     return TagD;
3696   }
3697 
3698   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3699 
3700   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3701     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3702     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3703     if (TagD && !Tag)
3704       return nullptr;
3705     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3706   }
3707 
3708   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3709   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3710     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3711   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3712       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3713     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3714     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3715     // or an explicit specialization.
3716     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3717     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3718         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3719     return nullptr;
3720   }
3721 
3722   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3723   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3724 
3725   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3726   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3727     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3728         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3729       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3730           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3731         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3732                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3733 
3734       DeclaresAnything = false;
3735     }
3736   }
3737 
3738   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3739   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3740   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3741   //
3742   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3743   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3744   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3745       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3746     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3747     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3748     //   struct STRUCT;
3749     //   union UNION;
3750     // and
3751     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3752     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3753     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3754         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3755       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3756       if (Tag)
3757         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3758       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3759                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3760         Record = RT->getDecl();
3761       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3762         Record = UT->getDecl();
3763 
3764       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3765         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3766           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3767         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3768       }
3769 
3770       DeclaresAnything = false;
3771     }
3772   }
3773 
3774   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3775   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3776       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3777     return TagD;
3778 
3779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3780       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3781     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3782       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3783           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3784         DeclaresAnything = false;
3785 
3786   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3787     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3788     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3789       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3790         << DS.getSourceRange();
3791     else
3792       DeclaresAnything = false;
3793   }
3794 
3795   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3796       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3797     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3798       << Tag->getTagKind()
3799       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3800 
3801   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3802 
3803   // C 6.7/2:
3804   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3805   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3806   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3807   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3808   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3809   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3810   //   previous declaration.
3811   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3812     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3813     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3814     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3815     return TagD;
3816   }
3817 
3818   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3819   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3820   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3821   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3822   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3823   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3824   //
3825   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3826   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3827   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3828     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3829 
3830   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3831   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3832   // useless.
3833   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3834     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3835       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3836       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3837       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3838     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3839       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3840         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3841   }
3842 
3843   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3844     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3845       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3846   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3847     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3848       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3849     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3850       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3851     // Restrict is covered above.
3852     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3853       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3854   }
3855 
3856   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3857   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3858   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3859   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3860     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3861     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3862         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3863         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3864         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3865         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3866       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3867            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3868         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3869             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3870     }
3871   }
3872 
3873   return TagD;
3874 }
3875 
3876 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3877 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3878 ///
3879 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3880 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3881                                          Scope *S,
3882                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3883                                          DeclarationName Name,
3884                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3885                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3886   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3887                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3888   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3889 
3890   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3891     return false;
3892 
3893   // Pick a representative declaration.
3894   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3895   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3896 
3897   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3898     return false;
3899 
3900   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3901   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3902 
3903   return true;
3904 }
3905 
3906 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3907 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3908 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3909 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3910 /// struct, e.g.,
3911 ///
3912 /// @code
3913 /// union {
3914 ///   int i;
3915 ///   float f;
3916 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3917 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3918 /// @endcode
3919 ///
3920 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3921 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3922 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3923                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3924                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3925                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3926                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3927                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3928   unsigned diagKind
3929     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3930                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3931 
3932   bool Invalid = false;
3933 
3934   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3935   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3936     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3937         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3938       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3939       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3940                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3941         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3942         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3943         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3944         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3945         Invalid = true;
3946       } else {
3947         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3948         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3949         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3950         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3951         //   anonymous union is declared.
3952         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3953         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3954           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3955         else
3956           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3957 
3958         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3959         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3960           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3961         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3962           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3963 
3964         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3965             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3966             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3967 
3968         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3969           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3970 
3971         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3972         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3973         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3974 
3975         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3976         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3977 
3978         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3979       }
3980     }
3981   }
3982 
3983   return Invalid;
3984 }
3985 
3986 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3987 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3988 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3989 static StorageClass
3990 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3991   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3992   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3993          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3994   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3995   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3996   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3997     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3998       return SC_None;
3999     return SC_Extern;
4000   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4001   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4002   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4003   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4004     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4005   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4006   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4007   }
4008   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4009 }
4010 
4011 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4012   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4013 
4014   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4015     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4016     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4017       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4018     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4019       return FD->getLocation();
4020   }
4021 
4022   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4023 }
4024 
4025 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4026                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4027   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4028     return;
4029 
4030   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4031   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4032 }
4033 
4034 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4035                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4036   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4037     return;
4038 
4039   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4040 }
4041 
4042 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4043 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4044 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4045 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4046 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4047                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4048                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4049                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4050   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4051 
4052   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4053   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4054     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4055   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4056     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4057   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4058     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4059 
4060   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4061   // structs/unions.
4062   bool Invalid = false;
4063   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4064     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4065     unsigned DiagID;
4066     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4067       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4068       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4069       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4070       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4071           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4072            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4073             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4074         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4075           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4076 
4077         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4078         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4079                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4080       }
4081       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4082       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4083       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4084       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4085                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4086         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4087              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4088           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4089 
4090         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4091         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4092                                SourceLocation(),
4093                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4094       }
4095     }
4096 
4097     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4098     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4099       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4100         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4101           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4102           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4103       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4104         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4105              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4106           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4107           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4108       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4109         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4110              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4111           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4112           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4113       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4114         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4115              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4116           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4117           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4118 
4119       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4120     }
4121 
4122     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4123     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4124     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4125     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4126     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4127       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4128         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4129         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4130         //   members (clause 11).
4131         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4132         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4133           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4134             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4135           Invalid = true;
4136         }
4137 
4138         // C++ [class.union]p1
4139         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4140         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4141         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4142         //   array of such objects.
4143         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4144           Invalid = true;
4145       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4146         // Any implicit members are fine.
4147       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4148         // This is a type that showed up in an
4149         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4150         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4151         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4152       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4153         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4154             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4155           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4156           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4157             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4158               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4159           else {
4160             // This is a nested type declaration.
4161             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4162               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4163             Invalid = true;
4164           }
4165         } else {
4166           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4167           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4168           // not part of standard C++.
4169           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4170                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4171             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4172         }
4173       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4174         // Any access specifier is fine.
4175       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4176         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4177       } else {
4178         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4179         // member. Complain about it.
4180         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4181         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4182           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4183         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4184           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4185         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4186           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4187 
4188         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4189         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4190             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4191           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4192             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4193         else {
4194           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4195               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4196           Invalid = true;
4197         }
4198       }
4199     }
4200 
4201     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4202     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4203     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4204     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4205         Owner->isRecord())
4206       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4207                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4208   }
4209 
4210   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4211     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4212       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4213     Invalid = true;
4214   }
4215 
4216   // Mock up a declarator.
4217   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4218   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4219   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4220 
4221   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4222   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4223   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4224     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4225                              DS.getLocStart(),
4226                              Record->getLocation(),
4227                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4228                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4229                              TInfo,
4230                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4231                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4232     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4233     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4234       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4235   } else {
4236     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4237     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4238     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4239       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4240       // an error here
4241       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4242       Invalid = true;
4243       SC = SC_None;
4244     }
4245 
4246     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4247                            DS.getLocStart(),
4248                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4249                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4250                            TInfo, SC);
4251 
4252     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4253     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4254     // initializer:
4255     //   union { int n = 0; };
4256     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4257   }
4258   Anon->setImplicit();
4259 
4260   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4261   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4262 
4263   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4264   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4265   // its members.
4266   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4267 
4268   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4269   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4270   // purposes.
4271   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4272   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4273 
4274   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4275                                           Chain, false))
4276     Invalid = true;
4277 
4278   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4279     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4280       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4281       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4282               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4283         Context.setManglingNumber(
4284             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4285                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4286         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4287       }
4288     }
4289   }
4290 
4291   if (Invalid)
4292     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4293 
4294   return Anon;
4295 }
4296 
4297 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4298 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4299 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4300 /// Example:
4301 ///
4302 /// struct A { int a; };
4303 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4304 ///
4305 /// void foo() {
4306 ///   B var;
4307 ///   var.a = 3;
4308 /// }
4309 ///
4310 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4311                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4312   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4313 
4314   // Mock up a declarator.
4315   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4316   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4317   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4318 
4319   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4320   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4321 
4322   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4323   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4324                              ParentDecl,
4325                              DS.getLocStart(),
4326                              DS.getLocStart(),
4327                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4328                              RecTy,
4329                              TInfo,
4330                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4331                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4332   Anon->setImplicit();
4333 
4334   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4335   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4336 
4337   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4338   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4339   // purposes.
4340   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4341   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4342 
4343   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4344   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4345                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4346       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4347                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4348     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4349     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4350   }
4351 
4352   return Anon;
4353 }
4354 
4355 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4356 /// given Declarator.
4357 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4358   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4359 }
4360 
4361 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4362 DeclarationNameInfo
4363 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4364   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4365   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4366 
4367   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4368 
4369   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4370   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4371     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4372     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4373     return NameInfo;
4374 
4375   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4376     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4377                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4378     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4379     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4380       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4381     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4382       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4383     return NameInfo;
4384 
4385   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4386     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4387                                                            Name.Identifier));
4388     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4389     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4390     return NameInfo;
4391 
4392   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4393     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4394     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4395     if (Ty.isNull())
4396       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4397     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4398                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4399     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4400     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4401     return NameInfo;
4402   }
4403 
4404   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4405     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4406     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4407     if (Ty.isNull())
4408       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4409     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4410                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4411     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4412     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4413     return NameInfo;
4414   }
4415 
4416   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4417     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4418     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4419     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4420     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4421     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4422       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4423 
4424     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4425     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4426 
4427     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4428     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4429     // was qualified.
4430 
4431     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4432                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4433     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4434     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4435     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4436     return NameInfo;
4437   }
4438 
4439   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4440     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4441     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4442     if (Ty.isNull())
4443       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4444     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4445                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4446     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4447     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4448     return NameInfo;
4449   }
4450 
4451   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4452     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4453     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4454     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4455   }
4456 
4457   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4458 
4459   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4460 }
4461 
4462 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4463   do {
4464     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4465       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4466     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4467       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4468     else
4469       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4470   } while (true);
4471 }
4472 
4473 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4474 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4475 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4476 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4477 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4478 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4479 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4480 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4481                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4482                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4483                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4484   Params.clear();
4485   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4486     return false;
4487   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4488     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4489     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4490 
4491     // The parameter types are identical
4492     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4493       continue;
4494 
4495     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4496     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4497     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4498     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4499 
4500     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4501         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4502       Params.push_back(Idx);
4503     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4504       return false;
4505   }
4506 
4507   return true;
4508 }
4509 
4510 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4511 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4512 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4513 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4514 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4515 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4516                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4517   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4518   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4519   //   - types which will become injected class names
4520   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4521   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4522   // few cases here.
4523 
4524   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4525   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4526   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4527   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4528   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4529   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4530     // Grab the type from the parser.
4531     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4532     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4533     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4534 
4535     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4536     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4537     // attached already.
4538     if (!TSI)
4539       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4540 
4541     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4542     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4543     if (!TSI) return true;
4544 
4545     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4546     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4547     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4548     break;
4549   }
4550 
4551   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4552   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4553     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4554     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4555     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4556     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4557     break;
4558   }
4559 
4560   default:
4561     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4562     break;
4563   }
4564 
4565   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4566   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4567     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4568 
4569     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4570     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4571     // pointer.
4572     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4573       continue;
4574 
4575     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4576     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4577     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4578       return true;
4579   }
4580 
4581   return false;
4582 }
4583 
4584 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4585   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4586   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4587 
4588   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4589       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4590     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4591 
4592   return Dcl;
4593 }
4594 
4595 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4596 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4597 ///   name different from T:
4598 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4599 ///     - every member function of class T
4600 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4601 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4602 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4603                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4604   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4605 
4606   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4607     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4608       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4609       return true;
4610     }
4611 
4612   return false;
4613 }
4614 
4615 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4616 /// nested-name-specifier.
4617 ///
4618 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4619 ///
4620 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4621 /// resolves.
4622 ///
4623 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4624 ///
4625 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4626 ///
4627 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4628 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4629                                         DeclarationName Name,
4630                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4631   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4632   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4633     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4634 
4635   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4636   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4637   //
4638   // class X {
4639   //   void X::f();
4640   // };
4641   //
4642   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4643   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4644   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4645     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4646       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4647                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4648         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4649       SS.clear();
4650     } else {
4651       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4652     }
4653     return false;
4654   }
4655 
4656   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4657   // declaration.
4658   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4659     if (Cur->isRecord())
4660       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4661         << Name << SS.getRange();
4662     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4663       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4664         << Name << SS.getRange();
4665     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4666       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4667         << Name << SS.getRange();
4668     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4669       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4670         << Name << SS.getRange();
4671     else
4672       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4673       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4674 
4675     return true;
4676   }
4677 
4678   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4679     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4680     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4681       << Name << SS.getRange();
4682     SS.clear();
4683 
4684     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4685     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4686     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4687     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4688          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4689         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4690                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4691       return true;
4692 
4693     return false;
4694   }
4695 
4696   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4697   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4698   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4699   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4700   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4701     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4702   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4703         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4704     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4705       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4706 
4707   return false;
4708 }
4709 
4710 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4711                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4712   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4713   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4714   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4715 
4716   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4717   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4718   if (!Name) {
4719     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4720       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4721            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4722         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4723     return nullptr;
4724   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4725     return nullptr;
4726 
4727   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4728   // we find one that is.
4729   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4730          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4731     S = S->getParent();
4732 
4733   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4734   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4735     D.setInvalidType();
4736   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4737     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4738                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4739       return nullptr;
4740 
4741     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4742     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4743     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4744       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4745       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4746       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4747       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4748       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4749            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4750         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4751         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4752       return nullptr;
4753     }
4754     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4755 
4756     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4757         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4758       return nullptr;
4759 
4760     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4761     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4762       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4763            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4764         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4765       return nullptr;
4766     }
4767     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4768       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4769                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4770         if (DC->isRecord())
4771           return nullptr;
4772 
4773         D.setInvalidType();
4774       }
4775     }
4776 
4777     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4778     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4779     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4780         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4781       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4782       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4783         D.setInvalidType();
4784     }
4785   }
4786 
4787   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4788   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4789 
4790   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4791     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4792     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4793     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4794     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4795       return nullptr;
4796 
4797   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4798                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4799     D.setInvalidType();
4800 
4801   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4802                         ForRedeclaration);
4803 
4804   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4805   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4806     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4807     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4808 
4809     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4810     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4811     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4812     //
4813     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4814     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4815     // the same name.
4816     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4817       /* Do nothing*/;
4818     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4819              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4820               R->isFunctionType())) {
4821       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4822       CreateBuiltins =
4823           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4824     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4825                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4826       CreateBuiltins = true;
4827 
4828     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4829       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4830 
4831     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4832   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4833     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4834 
4835     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4836     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4837     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4838     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4839     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4840     //  thereof; [...]
4841     //
4842     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4843     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4844     // we want to match. For example, given:
4845     //
4846     //   class X {
4847     //     void f();
4848     //     void f(float);
4849     //   };
4850     //
4851     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4852     //
4853     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4854     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4855     // matches.
4856 
4857     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4858     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4859     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4860     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4861     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4862   }
4863 
4864   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4865       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4866     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4867     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4868       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4869                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4870 
4871     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4872     Previous.clear();
4873   }
4874 
4875   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4876   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4877   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4878   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4879   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4880       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4881     Previous.clear();
4882 
4883   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4884   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4886     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4887 
4888   NamedDecl *New;
4889 
4890   bool AddToScope = true;
4891   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4892     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4893       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4894       return nullptr;
4895     }
4896 
4897     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4898   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4899     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4900                                   TemplateParamLists,
4901                                   AddToScope);
4902   } else {
4903     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4904                                   AddToScope);
4905   }
4906 
4907   if (!New)
4908     return nullptr;
4909 
4910   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4911   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4912   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4913        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4914     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4915     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4916     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4917     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4918     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4919     if (!AddToContext)
4920       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4921   }
4922 
4923   return New;
4924 }
4925 
4926 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4927 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4928 /// GCC compatibility).
4929 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4930                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4931                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4932                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4933   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4934   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4935   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4936   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4937   SizeIsNegative = false;
4938   Oversized = 0;
4939 
4940   if (T->isDependentType())
4941     return QualType();
4942 
4943   QualifierCollector Qs;
4944   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4945 
4946   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4947     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4948     QualType FixedType =
4949         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4950                                             Oversized);
4951     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4952     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4953     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4954   }
4955   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4956     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4957     QualType FixedType =
4958         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4959                                             Oversized);
4960     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4961     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4962     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4963   }
4964 
4965   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4966   if (!VLATy)
4967     return QualType();
4968   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4969   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4970     return QualType();
4971 
4972   llvm::APSInt Res;
4973   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4974       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4975     return QualType();
4976 
4977   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4978   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4979     SizeIsNegative = true;
4980     return QualType();
4981   }
4982 
4983   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4984   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4985     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4986                                               Res);
4987   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4988     Oversized = Res;
4989     return QualType();
4990   }
4991 
4992   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4993                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4994 }
4995 
4996 static void
4997 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4998   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4999   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5000   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5001     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5002     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5003                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5004     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5005     return;
5006   }
5007   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5008     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5009     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5010                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5011     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5012     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5013     return;
5014   }
5015   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5016   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5017   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5018   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5019   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5020   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5021   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5022   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5023 }
5024 
5025 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5026 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5027 /// GCC compatibility).
5028 static TypeSourceInfo*
5029 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5030                                               ASTContext &Context,
5031                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5032                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5033   QualType FixedTy
5034     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5035                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5036   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5037     return nullptr;
5038   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5039   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5040                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5041   return FixedTInfo;
5042 }
5043 
5044 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5045 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5046 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5047 /// function-scope declarations.
5048 void
5049 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5050   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5051       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5052     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5053     return;
5054 
5055   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5056   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5057 }
5058 
5059 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5060   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5061   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5062   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5063 }
5064 
5065 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5066 /// does not identify a function.
5067 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5068   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5069   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5070   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5071     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5072          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5073 
5074   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5075     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5076          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5077 
5078   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5079     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5080          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5081 
5082   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5083     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5084          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5085 }
5086 
5087 NamedDecl*
5088 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5089                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5090   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5091   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5092     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5093       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5094     D.setInvalidType();
5095     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5096     DC = CurContext;
5097     Previous.clear();
5098   }
5099 
5100   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5101 
5102   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5103     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5104       << 1;
5105 
5106   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5107     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5108       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5109     return nullptr;
5110   }
5111 
5112   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5113   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5114 
5115   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5116   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5117 
5118   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5119 
5120   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5121   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5122   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5123   return ND;
5124 }
5125 
5126 void
5127 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5128   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5129   // then it shall have block scope.
5130   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5131   // that redeclarations will match.
5132   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5133   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5134   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5135     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5136 
5137     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5138       bool SizeIsNegative;
5139       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5140       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5141         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5142                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5143                                                       Oversized);
5144       if (FixedTInfo) {
5145         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5146         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5147       } else {
5148         if (SizeIsNegative)
5149           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5150         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5151           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5152         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5153           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5154             << Oversized.toString(10);
5155         else
5156           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5157         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5158       }
5159     }
5160   }
5161 }
5162 
5163 
5164 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5165 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5166 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5167 NamedDecl*
5168 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5169                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5170   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5171   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5172   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5173                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5174   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5175   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5176     Redeclaration = true;
5177     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5178   }
5179 
5180   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5181   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5182     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5183         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5184       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5185         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5186       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5187         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5188       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5189         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5190       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5191         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5192     }
5193 
5194   return NewTD;
5195 }
5196 
5197 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5198 /// previous declaration.
5199 ///
5200 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5201 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5202 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5203 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5204 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5205 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5206 ///
5207 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5208 /// lookup
5209 ///
5210 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5211 /// declared.
5212 ///
5213 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5214 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5215 static bool
5216 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5217                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5218   if (!PrevDecl)
5219     return false;
5220 
5221   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5222     return false;
5223 
5224   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5225     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5226     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5227     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5228     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5229     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5230     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5231     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5232     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5233       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5234       return false;
5235 
5236     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5237     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5238       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5239       return false;
5240 
5241     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5242     // previous declarations.
5243     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5244     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5245 
5246     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5247     // isn't the same function.
5248     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5249       return false;
5250   }
5251 
5252   return true;
5253 }
5254 
5255 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5256   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5257   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5258   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5259 }
5260 
5261 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5262   QualType type = decl->getType();
5263   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5264   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5265     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5266     unsigned kind = -1U;
5267     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5268       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5269         kind = 0; // __block
5270       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5271         kind = 1; // global
5272     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5273       kind = 3; // ivar
5274     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5275       kind = 2; // field
5276     }
5277 
5278     if (kind != -1U) {
5279       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5280         << kind;
5281     }
5282   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5283     // Try to infer lifetime.
5284     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5285       return false;
5286 
5287     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5288     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5289     decl->setType(type);
5290   }
5291 
5292   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5293     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5294     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5295         var->getTLSKind()) {
5296       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5297         << var->getType();
5298       return true;
5299     }
5300   }
5301 
5302   return false;
5303 }
5304 
5305 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5306   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5307   // the wrong linkage.
5308   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5309 
5310   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5311   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5312     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5313       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5314       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5315     }
5316   }
5317   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5318     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5319       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5320       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5321       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5322     }
5323   }
5324 
5325   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5326     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5327       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5328         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5329                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5330         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5331         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5332       }
5333     }
5334   }
5335 
5336   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5337   // It does not apply to functions.
5338   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5339     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5340       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5341              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5342       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5343     }
5344   }
5345 
5346   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5347   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5348     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5349       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5350         << &ND << Attr;
5351       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5352     }
5353   }
5354 }
5355 
5356 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5357                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5358                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5359   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5360     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5361   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5362     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5363 
5364   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5365     return;
5366 
5367   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5368   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5369   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5370   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5371 
5372   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5373   // inherited attribute instances.
5374   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5375                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5376 
5377   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5378   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5379   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5380   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5381   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5382 
5383   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5384     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5385     // free functions and global variables.
5386     bool JustWarn = false;
5387     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5388       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5389       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5390         JustWarn = true;
5391       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5392       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5393         JustWarn = true;
5394     }
5395 
5396     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5397                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5398     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5399         << NewDecl
5400         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5401     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5402     if (!JustWarn) {
5403       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5404       return;
5405     }
5406   }
5407 
5408   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5409   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5410   // and qualified friend declarations.
5411   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5412   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5413   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5414     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5415     // separately.
5416     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5417   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5418     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5419     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5420                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5421   }
5422 
5423   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5424       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5425     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5426            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5427       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5428     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5429     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5430     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5431     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5432   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5433              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5434     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5435     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5436     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5437     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5438            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5439         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5440   }
5441 }
5442 
5443 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5444 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5445 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5446 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5447   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5448 
5449   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5450   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5451 
5452   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5453   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5454     return false;
5455 
5456   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5457 
5458 #ifndef NDEBUG
5459   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5460   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5461   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5462   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5463   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5464 #endif
5465 
5466   bool isC99Inline =
5467       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5468 
5469 #ifndef NDEBUG
5470   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5471 #endif
5472 
5473   return isC99Inline;
5474 }
5475 
5476 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5477 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5478 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5479 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5480 ///
5481 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5482 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5483 ///
5484 /// For instance:
5485 ///
5486 ///   auto x = []{};
5487 ///
5488 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5489 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5490 ///
5491 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5492 template<typename T>
5493 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5494   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5495     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5496     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5497       return false;
5498   }
5499   return D->isExternC();
5500 }
5501 
5502 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5503   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5504   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5505     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5506   if (DC->isFileContext())
5507     return true;
5508   if (DC->isRecord())
5509     return false;
5510   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5511 }
5512 
5513 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5514   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5515   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5516     return true;
5517   if (DC->isRecord())
5518     return false;
5519   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5520 }
5521 
5522 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5523                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5524   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5525     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5526       return true;
5527   return false;
5528 }
5529 
5530 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5531                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5532   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5533   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5534     return true;
5535 
5536   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5537   // position to the decl itself.
5538   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5539     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5540       return true;
5541   }
5542 
5543   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5544   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5545 }
5546 
5547 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5548 /// function-local external declaration.
5549 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5550   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5551     return false;
5552 
5553   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5554   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5555   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5556   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5557     return true;
5558 
5559   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5560   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5561   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5562   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5563   //
5564   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5565   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5566   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5567     DC = DC->getParent();
5568   return true;
5569 }
5570 
5571 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5572 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5573   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5574     return FD->isExternC();
5575   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5576     return VD->isExternC();
5577 
5578   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5579 }
5580 
5581 NamedDecl *
5582 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5583                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5584                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5585                               bool &AddToScope) {
5586   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5587   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5588 
5589   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5590   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5591 
5592   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5593   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5594   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5595       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5596       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5597     SC = SC_Extern;
5598 
5599   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5600   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5601                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5602 
5603   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5604     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5605     QualType NR = R;
5606     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5607       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5608         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5609         D.setInvalidType();
5610         break;
5611       }
5612       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5613     }
5614 
5615     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5616       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5617       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5618       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5619         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5620         D.setInvalidType();
5621       }
5622     }
5623   }
5624 
5625   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5626     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5627     // an error here
5628     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5629     D.setInvalidType();
5630     SC = SC_None;
5631   }
5632 
5633   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5634       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5635                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5636     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5637     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5638     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5639     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5640          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5641       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5642   }
5643 
5644   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5645   if (!II) {
5646     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5647       << Name;
5648     return nullptr;
5649   }
5650 
5651   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5652 
5653   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5654     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5655     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5656     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5657     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5658       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5659       D.setInvalidType();
5660     }
5661   }
5662 
5663   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5664     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5665     // OpenCL __local address space.
5666     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5667       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5668     }
5669 
5670     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5671     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5672     // space qualifiers.
5673     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5674       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5675       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5676     }
5677 
5678     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5679     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5680     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5681     // address space qualifiers.
5682     if (R->isEventT()) {
5683       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5684         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5685         D.setInvalidType();
5686       }
5687 
5688       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5689         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5690         D.setInvalidType();
5691       }
5692     }
5693   }
5694 
5695   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5696   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5697   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5698   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5699   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5700   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5701   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5702   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5703     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5704                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5705                             R, TInfo, SC);
5706 
5707     if (D.isInvalidType())
5708       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5709   } else {
5710     bool Invalid = false;
5711 
5712     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5713       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5714       switch (SC) {
5715       case SC_None:
5716         break;
5717       case SC_Static:
5718         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5719              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5720           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5721         break;
5722       case SC_Auto:
5723       case SC_Register:
5724       case SC_Extern:
5725         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5726         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5727         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5728         // of class members
5729 
5730         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5731              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5732           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5733         break;
5734       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5735         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5736       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5737         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5738       }
5739     }
5740 
5741     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5742       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5743         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5744           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5745                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5746             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5747 
5748         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5749         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5750         if (RD->isUnion())
5751           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5752                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5753                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5754                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5755         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5756         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5757           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5758                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5759             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5760       }
5761     }
5762 
5763     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5764     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5765     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5766         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5767         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5768         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5769             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5770             : nullptr,
5771         TemplateParamLists,
5772         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5773 
5774     if (TemplateParams) {
5775       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5776           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5777         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5778         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5779         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5780              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5781           << II
5782           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5783                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5784         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5785       } else {
5786         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5787           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5788           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5789           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5790           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5791         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5792           // This is a template declaration.
5793           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5794 
5795           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5796           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5797             return nullptr;
5798 
5799           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5800           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5801                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5802                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5803                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5804         }
5805       }
5806     } else {
5807       assert(
5808           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5809           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5810     }
5811 
5812     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5813       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5814           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5815               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5816               : SourceLocation();
5817       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5818           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5819           IsPartialSpecialization);
5820       if (Res.isInvalid())
5821         return nullptr;
5822       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5823       AddToScope = false;
5824     } else
5825       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5826                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5827 
5828     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5829     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5830       NewTemplate =
5831           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5832                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5833       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5834     }
5835 
5836     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5837     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5838     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5839       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5840 
5841     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5842       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5843       if (NewTemplate)
5844         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5845     }
5846 
5847     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5848 
5849     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5850     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5851     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5852     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5853       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5854           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5855           TemplateParamLists.data());
5856 
5857     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5858       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5859   }
5860 
5861   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5862   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5863   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5864   if (NewTemplate)
5865     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5866 
5867   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5868     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5869 
5870   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5871   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5872     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5873     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5874     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5875     //   explicitly.
5876     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5877     //   'extern'.
5878     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5879         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5880          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5881          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5882       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5883            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5884         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5885     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5886       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5887         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5888         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5889         // error should be ignored.
5890         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5891         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5892         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5893         // to emit any code for it.
5894         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5895       } else
5896         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5897              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5898     } else
5899       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5900   }
5901 
5902   // C99 6.7.4p3
5903   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5904   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5905   //   thread storage duration...
5906   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5907   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5908   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5909   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5910   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5911   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5912       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5913     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5914     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5915       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5916            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5917       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5918     }
5919   }
5920 
5921   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5922     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5923       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5924           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5925           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5926                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5927     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5928       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5929         << 2
5930         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5931     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5932       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5933         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5934         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5935         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5936     else {
5937       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5938       if (NewTemplate)
5939         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5940     }
5941   }
5942 
5943   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5944   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5945 
5946   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5947     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5948       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5949            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5950     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5951     // storage [duration]."
5952     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5953         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5954          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5955       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5956     }
5957   }
5958 
5959   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5960   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5961   // check the VarDecl itself.
5962   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5963          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5964          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5965 
5966   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5967   // retainable type.
5968   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5969     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5970 
5971   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5972   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5973     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5974     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5975     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5976     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5977       switch (SC) {
5978       case SC_None:
5979       case SC_Auto:
5980         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5981         break;
5982       case SC_Register:
5983         // Local Named register
5984         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5985           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5986         break;
5987       case SC_Static:
5988       case SC_Extern:
5989       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5990       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5991         break;
5992       }
5993     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5994       // Global Named register
5995       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5996         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5997       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5998         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5999         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6000       }
6001     }
6002 
6003     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6004                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6005   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6006     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6007       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6008     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6009       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6010         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6011         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6012       } else
6013         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6014             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6015     }
6016   }
6017 
6018   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6019   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6020     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6021 
6022   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6023   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6024   // declaration has linkage).
6025   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6026                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6027                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6028                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6029 
6030   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6031   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6032   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6033       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6034     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6035         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6036         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6037 
6038   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6039     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6040   } else {
6041     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6042     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6043         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6044       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6045 
6046     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6047     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6048       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6049           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6050           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6051         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6052         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6053         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6054           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6055         Previous.clear();
6056         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6057       }
6058     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6059       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6060       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6061         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6062         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6063       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6064     }
6065 
6066     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6067       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6068 
6069     if (NewTemplate) {
6070       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6071           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6072               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6073               : nullptr;
6074 
6075       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6076       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6077       // template declaration.
6078       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6079               TemplateParams,
6080               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6081                               : nullptr,
6082               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6083                DC->isDependentContext())
6084                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6085                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6086         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6087 
6088       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6089       // template, make a note of that.
6090       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6091           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6092         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6093     }
6094   }
6095 
6096   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6097 
6098   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6099   // the map of such variables.
6100   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6101       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6102     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6103 
6104   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6105     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6106     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6107             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6108       Context.setManglingNumber(
6109           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6110                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6111       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6112     }
6113   }
6114 
6115   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6116     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6117         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6118         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6119   }
6120 
6121   if (NewTemplate) {
6122     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6123       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6124     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6125     return NewTemplate;
6126   }
6127 
6128   return NewVD;
6129 }
6130 
6131 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6132 /// -Wshadow.
6133 ///
6134 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6135 /// scope.
6136 ///
6137 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6138 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6139 ///
6140 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6141   // Return if warning is ignored.
6142   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6143     return;
6144 
6145   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6146   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6147     return;
6148 
6149   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6150 
6151   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6152   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6153     return;
6154 
6155   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6156   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6157     return;
6158 
6159   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6160   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6161     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6162       if (MD->isStatic())
6163         return;
6164 
6165   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6166     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6167       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6168       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6169       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6170         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6171           ShadowedDecl = I;
6172           break;
6173         }
6174     }
6175 
6176   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6177 
6178   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6179   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6180     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6181     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6182       return;
6183 
6184     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6185     // static data members from base classes?
6186 
6187     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6188     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6189     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6190   }
6191 
6192   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6193   unsigned Kind;
6194   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6195     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6196       Kind = 3; // field
6197     else
6198       Kind = 2; // static data member
6199   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6200     Kind = 1; // global
6201   else
6202     Kind = 0; // local
6203 
6204   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6205 
6206   // Emit warning and note.
6207   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6208     return;
6209   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6210   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6211 }
6212 
6213 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6214 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6215   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6216     return;
6217 
6218   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6219                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6220   LookupName(R, S);
6221   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6222 }
6223 
6224 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6225 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6226 template<typename T>
6227 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6228     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6229   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6230   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6231 
6232   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6233     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6234     // declaration.
6235     return false;
6236   }
6237 
6238   if (Prev) {
6239     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6240       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6241       // redeclaration.
6242       Previous.clear();
6243       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6244       return true;
6245     }
6246 
6247     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6248     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6249     // declaration.
6250     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6251       return false;
6252   } else {
6253     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6254     // translation unit which might conflict.
6255     if (IsGlobal) {
6256       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6257       IsGlobal = false;
6258       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6259            I != E; ++I) {
6260         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6261           Prev = *I;
6262           break;
6263         }
6264       }
6265     } else {
6266       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6267           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6268       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6269            I != E; ++I) {
6270         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6271           Prev = *I;
6272           break;
6273         }
6274         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6275         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6276         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6277         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6278         // diagnostic.
6279       }
6280     }
6281 
6282     if (!Prev)
6283       return false;
6284   }
6285 
6286   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6287   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6288   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6289   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6290     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6291   else
6292     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6293 
6294   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6295     << IsGlobal << ND;
6296   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6297     << IsGlobal;
6298   return false;
6299 }
6300 
6301 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6302 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6303 ///
6304 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6305 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6306 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6307 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6308 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6309 template<typename T>
6310 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6311                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6312   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6313     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6314     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6315     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6316     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6317       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6318         Previous.clear();
6319         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6320         return true;
6321       }
6322     }
6323     return false;
6324   }
6325 
6326   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6327   // declaration.
6328   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6329     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6330 
6331   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6332   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6333   // in another scope.
6334   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6335     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6336 
6337   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6338   return false;
6339 }
6340 
6341 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6342   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6343   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6344     return;
6345 
6346   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6347   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6348 
6349   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6350   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6351     return;
6352 
6353   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6354     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6355 
6356   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6357     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6358       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6359     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6360     NewVD->setType(T);
6361   }
6362 
6363   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6364   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6365   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6366   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6367   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6368     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6369     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6370     return;
6371   }
6372 
6373   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6374   // __constant address space.
6375   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6376       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6377       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6378     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6379     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6380     return;
6381   }
6382 
6383   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6384   // scope.
6385   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6386       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6387     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6388     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6389     return;
6390   }
6391 
6392   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6393       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6394     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6395       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6396     else {
6397       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6398       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6399     }
6400   }
6401 
6402   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6403   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6404       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6405     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6406 
6407   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6408       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6409     bool SizeIsNegative;
6410     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6411     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6412       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6413                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6414     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6415       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6416       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6417       // int a[10][n];
6418       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6419 
6420       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6421         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6422         << SizeRange;
6423       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6424         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6425         << SizeRange;
6426       else
6427         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6428         << SizeRange;
6429       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6430       return;
6431     }
6432 
6433     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6434       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6435         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6436       else
6437         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6438       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6439       return;
6440     }
6441 
6442     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6443     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6444     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6445   }
6446 
6447   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6448     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6449     //                    of objects and functions.
6450     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6451       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6452         << T;
6453       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6454       return;
6455     }
6456   }
6457 
6458   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6459     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6460     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6461     return;
6462   }
6463 
6464   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6465     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6466     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6467     return;
6468   }
6469 
6470   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6471       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6472                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6473     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6474     return;
6475   }
6476 }
6477 
6478 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6479 /// declaration.
6480 ///
6481 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6482 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6483 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6484 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6485 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6486 ///
6487 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6488 ///
6489 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6490 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6491   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6492 
6493   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6494   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6495     return false;
6496 
6497   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6498   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6499   if (Previous.empty() &&
6500       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6501     Previous.setShadowed();
6502 
6503   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6504   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewVD, Previous);
6505 
6506   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6507     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6508     return true;
6509   }
6510   return false;
6511 }
6512 
6513 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6514 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6515   Sema *S;
6516   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6517 };
6518 
6519 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6520 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6521 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6522 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6523                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6524                                  void *UserData) {
6525   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6526 
6527   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6528     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6529 
6530   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6531 
6532   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6533   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6534     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6535     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6536     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6537 
6538     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6539   }
6540 
6541   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6542        !Path.Decls.empty();
6543        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6544     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6545     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6546       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6547         return true;
6548     }
6549   }
6550 
6551   return false;
6552 }
6553 
6554 namespace {
6555   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6556 }
6557 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6558 /// overriden methods.
6559 ///
6560 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6561 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6562 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6563 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6564                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6565   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6566   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6567                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6568        I != E; ++I) {
6569     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6570     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6571     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6572     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6573         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6574         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6575       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6576   }
6577 }
6578 
6579 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6580 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6581 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6582   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6583   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6584   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6585   Data.Method = MD;
6586   Data.S = this;
6587   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6588   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6589   bool AddedAny = false;
6590   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6591     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6592       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6593         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6594         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6595             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6596             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6597             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6598           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6599           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6600           AddedAny = true;
6601         }
6602       }
6603     }
6604   }
6605 
6606   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6607     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6608   }
6609   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6610     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6611   }
6612 
6613   return AddedAny;
6614 }
6615 
6616 namespace {
6617   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6618   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6619   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6620     Scope *S;
6621     Declarator &D;
6622     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6623     bool AddToScope;
6624   };
6625 }
6626 
6627 namespace {
6628 
6629 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6630 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6631 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6632  public:
6633   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6634                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6635       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6636         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6637 
6638   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6639     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6640       return false;
6641 
6642     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6643     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6644                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6645          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6646       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6647 
6648       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6649           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6650         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6651           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6652           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6653             return true;
6654         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6655           return true;
6656         }
6657       }
6658     }
6659 
6660     return false;
6661   }
6662 
6663  private:
6664   ASTContext &Context;
6665   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6666   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6667 };
6668 
6669 }
6670 
6671 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6672 ///
6673 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6674 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6675 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6676 /// the same name.
6677 ///
6678 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6679 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6680 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6681     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6682     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6683   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6684   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6685   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6686   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6687   TypoCorrection Correction;
6688   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6689   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6690                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6691   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6692                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6693                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6694                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6695 
6696   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6697   if (IsLocalFriend)
6698     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6699   else
6700     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6701   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6702          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6703   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6704   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6705     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6706          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6707       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6708       if (FD &&
6709           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6710         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6711         // involve a parameter
6712         unsigned ParamNum =
6713             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6714         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6715       }
6716     }
6717   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6718   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6719                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6720                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6721                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6722                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6723                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6724     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6725     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6726                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6727     Previous.clear();
6728     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6729     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6730                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6731          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6732       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6733       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6734           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6735         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6736       }
6737     }
6738     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6739 
6740     NamedDecl *Result;
6741     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6742     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6743     {
6744       // Trap errors.
6745       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6746 
6747       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6748       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6749       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6750       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6751           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6752           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6753           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6754           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6755 
6756       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6757         Result = nullptr;
6758     }
6759 
6760     if (Result) {
6761       // Determine which correction we picked.
6762       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6763       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6764            I != E; ++I)
6765         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6766           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6767 
6768       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6769           Correction,
6770           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6771                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6772                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6773             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6774       return Result;
6775     }
6776 
6777     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6778     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6779                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6780     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6781     Previous.clear();
6782     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6783   }
6784 
6785   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6786       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6787 
6788   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6789   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6790     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6791 
6792   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6793        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6794        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6795     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6796     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6797     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6798     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6799 
6800     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6801     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6802       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6803       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6804       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6805       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6806                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6807         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6808         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6809     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6810       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6811           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6812     } else
6813       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6814                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6815                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6816   }
6817   return nullptr;
6818 }
6819 
6820 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6821   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6822   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6823   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6824   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6825   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6826     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6827                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6828     D.setInvalidType();
6829     break;
6830   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6831   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6832     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6833       return SC_None;
6834     return SC_Extern;
6835   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6836     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6837       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6838       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6839       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6840       //   other than extern
6841       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6842       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6843                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6844       break;
6845     } else
6846       return SC_Static;
6847   }
6848   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6849   }
6850 
6851   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6852   return SC_None;
6853 }
6854 
6855 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6856                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6857                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6858                                            StorageClass SC,
6859                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6860   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6861   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6862 
6863   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6864   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6865 
6866   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6867     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6868     // prototype. This true when:
6869     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6870     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6871     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6872     bool HasPrototype =
6873       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6874       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6875 
6876     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6877                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6878                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6879                                  HasPrototype, false);
6880     if (D.isInvalidType())
6881       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6882 
6883     return NewFD;
6884   }
6885 
6886   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6887   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6888 
6889   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6890   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6891   // the class has been completely parsed.
6892   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6893       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6894           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6895           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6896     D.setInvalidType();
6897 
6898   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6899     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6900     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6901            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6902 
6903     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6904     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6905                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6906                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6907                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6908                                       isConstexpr);
6909 
6910   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6911     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6912     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6913       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6914       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6915       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6916                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6917                                         D.getLocStart(),
6918                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6919                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6920 
6921       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6922       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6923       // it yet.
6924       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6925           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6926           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6927         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6928       }
6929 
6930       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6931       return NewDD;
6932 
6933     } else {
6934       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6935       D.setInvalidType();
6936 
6937       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6938       // code path.
6939       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6940                                   D.getLocStart(),
6941                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6942                                   SC, isInline,
6943                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6944     }
6945 
6946   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6947     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6948       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6949            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6950       return nullptr;
6951     }
6952 
6953     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6954     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6955     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6956                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6957                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6958                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6959 
6960   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6961     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6962     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6963     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6964     // constructor if it has no return type).
6965     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6966         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6967       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6968         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6969         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6970       return nullptr;
6971     }
6972 
6973     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6974     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6975                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6976                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6977                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6978                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6979     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6980     return Ret;
6981   } else {
6982     bool isFriend =
6983         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6984     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
6985       return nullptr;
6986 
6987     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6988     // prototype. This true when:
6989     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6990     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6991                                 D.getLocStart(),
6992                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6993                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6994   }
6995 }
6996 
6997 enum OpenCLParamType {
6998   ValidKernelParam,
6999   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7000   PtrKernelParam,
7001   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7002   InvalidKernelParam,
7003   RecordKernelParam
7004 };
7005 
7006 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7007   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7008     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7009     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7010       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7011     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7012                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7013   }
7014 
7015   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7016   // be used as builtin types.
7017 
7018   if (PT->isImageType())
7019     return PtrKernelParam;
7020 
7021   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7022     return InvalidKernelParam;
7023 
7024   if (PT->isEventT())
7025     return InvalidKernelParam;
7026 
7027   if (PT->isHalfType())
7028     return InvalidKernelParam;
7029 
7030   if (PT->isRecordType())
7031     return RecordKernelParam;
7032 
7033   return ValidKernelParam;
7034 }
7035 
7036 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7037   Sema &S,
7038   Declarator &D,
7039   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7040   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7041   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7042 
7043   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7044   // used again
7045   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7046     return;
7047 
7048   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7049   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7050     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7051     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7052     // pointer to a pointer type.
7053     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7054     D.setInvalidType();
7055     return;
7056 
7057   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7058     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7059     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7060     // pointer to the private address space.
7061     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7062     D.setInvalidType();
7063     return;
7064 
7065     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7066     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7067     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7068     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7069     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7070 
7071   case InvalidKernelParam:
7072     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7073     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7074     // of event_t type.
7075     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7076     D.setInvalidType();
7077     return;
7078 
7079   case PtrKernelParam:
7080   case ValidKernelParam:
7081     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7082     return;
7083 
7084   case RecordKernelParam:
7085     break;
7086   }
7087 
7088   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7089   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7090 
7091   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7092   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7093   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7094   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7095 
7096   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7097   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7098 
7099   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7100 
7101   do {
7102     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7103     if (!Next) {
7104       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7105       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7106       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7107         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7108 
7109       continue;
7110     }
7111 
7112     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7113     // field itself) to the history stack.
7114     const RecordDecl *RD;
7115     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7116       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7117       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7118     } else {
7119       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7120     }
7121 
7122     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7123     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7124 
7125     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7126       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7127 
7128       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7129         continue;
7130 
7131       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7132       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7133         continue;
7134 
7135       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7136         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7137         continue;
7138       }
7139 
7140       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7141       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7142       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7143       // union.
7144       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7145           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7146         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7147                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7148           << PT->isUnionType()
7149           << PT;
7150       } else {
7151         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7152       }
7153 
7154       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7155         << PD->getDeclName();
7156 
7157       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7158       // the offending field came from
7159       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7160                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7161                E = HistoryStack.end();
7162            I != E; ++I) {
7163         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7164         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7165           << OuterField->getType();
7166       }
7167 
7168       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7169         << QT->isPointerType()
7170         << QT;
7171       D.setInvalidType();
7172       return;
7173     }
7174   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7175 }
7176 
7177 NamedDecl*
7178 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7179                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7180                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7181                               bool &AddToScope) {
7182   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7183 
7184   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7185 
7186   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7187   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7188   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7189   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7190 
7191   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7192     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7193          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7194       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7195 
7196   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7197     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7198 
7199   bool isFriend = false;
7200   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7201   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7202   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7203 
7204   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7205   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7206   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7207 
7208   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7209 
7210   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7211   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7212 
7213   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7214                                               isVirtualOkay);
7215   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7216 
7217   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7218     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7219 
7220   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7221   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7222   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7223   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7224 
7225   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7226     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7227 
7228   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7229     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7230     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7231     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7232     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7233     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7234     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7235       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7236       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7237       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7238       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7239     }
7240 
7241     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7242     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7243     // return true).
7244     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7245           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7246       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7247         NewFD->setPure(true);
7248 
7249       // C++ [class.union]p2
7250       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7251       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7252         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7253     }
7254 
7255     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7256     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7257     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7258     if (D.isInvalidType())
7259       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7260 
7261     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7262     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7263     bool Invalid = false;
7264     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7265             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7266                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7267                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7268                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7269                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7270                     : nullptr,
7271                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7272                 Invalid)) {
7273       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7274         // This is a function template
7275 
7276         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7277         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7278           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7279 
7280         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7281         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7282           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7283           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7284         }
7285 
7286         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7287         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7288         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7289         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7290           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7291           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7292             Invalid = true;
7293         }
7294 
7295 
7296         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7297                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7298                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7299                                                         NewFD);
7300         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7301         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7302 
7303         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7304         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7305           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7306                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7307                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7308         }
7309       } else {
7310         // This is a function template specialization.
7311         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7312         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7313         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7314           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7315                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7316                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7317 
7318         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7319         if (isFriend) {
7320           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7321           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7322 
7323           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7324           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7325           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7326           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7327           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7328           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7329           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7330             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7331             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7332           }
7333 
7334           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7335             << Name << RemoveRange
7336             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7337             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7338         }
7339       }
7340     }
7341     else {
7342       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7343       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7344       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7345         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7346         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7347                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7348                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7349     }
7350 
7351     if (Invalid) {
7352       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7353       if (FunctionTemplate)
7354         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7355     }
7356 
7357     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7358     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7359     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7360     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7361     //
7362     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7363       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7364         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7365              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7366       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7367         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7368         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7369              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7370           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7371       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7372         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7373         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7374         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7375              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7376           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7377       } else {
7378         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7379         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7380       }
7381 
7382       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7383           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7384         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7385     }
7386 
7387     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7388         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7389          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7390         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7391       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7392       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7393       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7394       // thing to do.
7395       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7396       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7397       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7398           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7399       QualType Result =
7400           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7401       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7402                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7403     }
7404 
7405     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7406     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7407     //  declaration.
7408     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7409       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7410         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7411         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7412              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7413           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7414       }
7415     }
7416 
7417     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7418     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7419     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7420     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7421     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7422       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7423         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7424         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7425              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7426           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7427       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7428                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7429         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7430         // or conversion function.
7431         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7432              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7433           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7434       }
7435     }
7436 
7437     if (isConstexpr) {
7438       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7439       // are implicitly inline.
7440       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7441 
7442       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7443       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7444       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7445       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7446         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7447     }
7448 
7449     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7450     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7451       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7452         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7453           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7454         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7455           << 0
7456           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7457       } else {
7458         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7459         if (FunctionTemplate)
7460           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7461       }
7462     }
7463 
7464     if (isFriend) {
7465       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7466         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7467         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7468       }
7469       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7470       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7471     }
7472 
7473     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7474     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7475     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7476     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7477       case FDK_Declaration:
7478       case FDK_Definition:
7479         break;
7480 
7481       case FDK_Defaulted:
7482         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7483         break;
7484 
7485       case FDK_Deleted:
7486         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7487         break;
7488     }
7489 
7490     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7491         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7492       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7493       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7494       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7495       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7496     }
7497 
7498     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7499         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7500       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7501       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7502       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7503       //   the class.
7504 
7505       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7506       // member function definition.
7507       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7508            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7509         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7510     }
7511 
7512     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7513     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7514     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7515     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7516     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7517          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7518         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7519       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7520           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7521           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7522   }
7523 
7524   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7525   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7526                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7527                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7528                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7529 
7530   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7531   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7532     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7533     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7534     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7535                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7536   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7537     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7538       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7539     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7540       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7541         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7542         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7543       } else
7544         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7545             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7546     }
7547   }
7548 
7549   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7550   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7551   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7552   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7553     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7554 
7555     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7556     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7557     // single void argument.
7558     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7559     // already checks for that case.
7560     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7561       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7562         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7563         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7564         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7565         Params.push_back(Param);
7566 
7567         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7568           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7569       }
7570     }
7571 
7572   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7573     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7574     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7575     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7576     //
7577     // @code
7578     // typedef void fn(int);
7579     // fn f;
7580     // @endcode
7581 
7582     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7583     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7584       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7585           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7586       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7587       Params.push_back(Param);
7588     }
7589   } else {
7590     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7591            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7592   }
7593 
7594   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7595   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7596 
7597   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7598   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7599   //
7600   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7601   //
7602   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7603   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7604   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7605 
7606   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7607     NewFD->addAttr(
7608         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7609                                        Context, 0));
7610 
7611   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7612   // because all functions have linkage.
7613   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7614       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7615     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7616     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7617   }
7618 
7619   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7620   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7621       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7622     NewFD->addAttr(
7623         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7624                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7625                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7626     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7627                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7628                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7629                      NewFD))
7630       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7631   }
7632 
7633   // Handle attributes.
7634   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7635 
7636   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7637     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7638     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7639     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7640     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7641         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7642         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7643       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7644            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7645       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7646     }
7647   }
7648 
7649   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7650     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7651     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7652     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7653       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7654 
7655     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7656       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7657 
7658     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7659       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7660                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7661     else if (!Previous.empty())
7662       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7663       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7664     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7665             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7666            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7667 
7668     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7669     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7670     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7671     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7672     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7673       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7674       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7675         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7676         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7677         int DiagID =
7678             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7679         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7680             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7681       }
7682     }
7683   } else {
7684     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7685     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7686     //
7687     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7688     //
7689     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7690     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7691     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7692         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7693         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7694       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7695            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7696         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7697 
7698     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7699     // argument list into our AST format.
7700     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7701       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7702       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7703       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7704       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7705                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7706       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7707                                  TemplateArgs);
7708 
7709       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7710 
7711       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7712         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7713       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7714         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7715         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7716           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7717 
7718         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7719       } else {
7720         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7721                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7722                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7723         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7724         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7725       }
7726     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7727       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7728       // wrote something like:
7729       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7730       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7731       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7732       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7733       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7734       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7735       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7736     }
7737 
7738     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7739     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7740     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7741     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7742     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7743     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7744         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7745          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7746             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7747             InstantiationDependent))) {
7748       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7749              "friend function specialization without template args");
7750       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7751                                                        Previous))
7752         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7753     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7754       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7755           && !isFriend) {
7756         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7757         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7758           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7759           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7760           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7761       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7762                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7763                                                            : nullptr),
7764                                                      Previous))
7765         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7766 
7767       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7768       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7769       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7770       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7771           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7772       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7773         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7774           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7775                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7776             << SC
7777             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7778                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7779 
7780         else
7781           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7782                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7783             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7784                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7785       }
7786 
7787     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7788       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7789           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7790     }
7791 
7792     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7793     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7794       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7795         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7796 
7797       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7798         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7799 
7800       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7801         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7802                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7803       else if (!Previous.empty())
7804         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7805         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7806     }
7807 
7808     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7809             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7810            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7811 
7812     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7813                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7814                                 : NewFD);
7815 
7816     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7817       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7818       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7819         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7820 
7821       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7822       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7823     }
7824 
7825     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7826         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7827       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7828 
7829     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7830     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7831     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7832       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7833                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7834       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7835                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7836                                     : nullptr,
7837                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7838                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7839                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7840                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7841                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7842                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7843                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7844                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7845                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7846     }
7847 
7848     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7849       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7850     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7851       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7852                                        AddToScope };
7853       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7854       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7855         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7856 
7857       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7858       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7859         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7860         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7861 
7862         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7863         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7864         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7865         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7866         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7867         // can actually do this check immediately.
7868         if (isFriend &&
7869             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7870              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7871              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7872           // ignore these
7873         } else {
7874           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7875           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7876           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7877           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7878           //
7879           // class X {
7880           //   void f() const;
7881           // };
7882           //
7883           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7884           //
7885           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7886           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7887           // whether the parameter types are references).
7888 
7889           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7890                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7891             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7892             return Result;
7893           }
7894         }
7895 
7896         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7897         // to something.
7898       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7899         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7900                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7901           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7902           return Result;
7903         }
7904       }
7905 
7906     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7907                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7908                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7909                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7910       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7911       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7912       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7913       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7914       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7915       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7916       // generate them.
7917       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7918         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7919     }
7920   }
7921 
7922   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7923   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7924 
7925   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7926 
7927   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7928       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7929     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7930          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7931       << NewFD;
7932 
7933     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7934     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7935     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7936         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7937     EPI.Variadic = true;
7938     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7939 
7940     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7941     NewFD->setType(R);
7942   }
7943 
7944   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7945   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7946   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7947     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7948 
7949   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7950   // marking the function.
7951   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7952 
7953   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7954   // a pragma.
7955   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7956     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7957 
7958   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7959   // the map of such variables.
7960   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7961       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7962     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7963 
7964   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7965   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7966 
7967   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7968     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7969         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7970         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7971   }
7972 
7973   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7974     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7975       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7976         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7977       return FunctionTemplate;
7978     }
7979   }
7980 
7981   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7982     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7983     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7984         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7985       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7986       D.setInvalidType();
7987     }
7988 
7989     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7990     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7991       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7992       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7993           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7994                                 : FixItHint());
7995       D.setInvalidType();
7996     }
7997 
7998     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7999     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8000       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8001   }
8002 
8003   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8004 
8005   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8006     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8007       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8008           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8009         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8010           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8011             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8012 
8013           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8014         }
8015       }
8016 
8017   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8018   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8019   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8020   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8021     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8022                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8023                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8024                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8025                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8026     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8027     AddToScope = false;
8028   }
8029 
8030   return NewFD;
8031 }
8032 
8033 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8034 ///
8035 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8036 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8037 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8038 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8039 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8040 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8041 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8042 ///
8043 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8044 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8045 ///
8046 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8047 ///
8048 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8049 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8050                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8051                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8052   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8053          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8054 
8055   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8056   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8057   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8058   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8059                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8060 
8061   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
8062   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous);
8063 
8064   bool Redeclaration = false;
8065   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8066 
8067   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8068   // the same name, if appropriate.
8069   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8070     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8071     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8072     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8073     // function to the scope.
8074     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8075       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8076       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8077         Redeclaration = true;
8078         OldDecl = Candidate;
8079       }
8080     } else {
8081       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8082                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8083       case Ovl_Match:
8084         Redeclaration = true;
8085         break;
8086 
8087       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8088         Redeclaration = true;
8089         break;
8090 
8091       case Ovl_Overload:
8092         Redeclaration = false;
8093         break;
8094       }
8095 
8096       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8097         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8098         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8099         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8100           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8101         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8102         if (Redeclaration)
8103           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8104         else if (!Previous.empty())
8105           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8106         if (OverloadedDecl)
8107           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8108                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8109         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8110       }
8111     }
8112   }
8113 
8114   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8115   if (!Redeclaration &&
8116       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8117     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous);
8118     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8119       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8120       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8121       Redeclaration = true;
8122       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8123       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8124 
8125       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8126       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8127         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8128           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8129             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8130           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8131                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8132           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8133         }
8134         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8135           Redeclaration = false;
8136           OldDecl = nullptr;
8137         }
8138       }
8139     }
8140   }
8141 
8142   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8143   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8144   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8145   //
8146   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8147   // definition of a static member function.
8148   //
8149   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8150   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8151   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8152   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8153       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8154       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8155     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8156     if (OldDecl)
8157       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8158     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8159       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8160         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8161       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8162       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8163       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8164                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8165 
8166       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8167       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8168       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8169         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8170         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8171                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8172           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8173 
8174         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8175           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8176       }
8177     }
8178   }
8179 
8180   if (Redeclaration) {
8181     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8182     // merged.
8183     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8184       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8185       return Redeclaration;
8186     }
8187 
8188     Previous.clear();
8189     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8190 
8191     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8192                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8193       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8194       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8195         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8196       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8197       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8198             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8199         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8200         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8201       }
8202 
8203       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8204       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8205       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8206           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8207         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8208         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8209       }
8210 
8211     } else {
8212       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8213       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8214 
8215       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8216         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8217     }
8218   }
8219 
8220   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8221 
8222   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8223     // C++-specific checks.
8224     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8225       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8226     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8227                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8228       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8229       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8230 
8231       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8232       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8233       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8234         DeclarationName Name
8235           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8236                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8237         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8238           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8239           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8240           return Redeclaration;
8241         }
8242       }
8243     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8244                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8245       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8246     }
8247 
8248     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8249     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8250       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8251           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8252           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8253         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8254           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8255           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8256             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8257           }
8258         }
8259       }
8260 
8261       if (Method->isStatic())
8262         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8263     }
8264 
8265     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8266     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8267         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8268       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8269       return Redeclaration;
8270     }
8271 
8272     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8273     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8274         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8275       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8276       return Redeclaration;
8277     }
8278 
8279     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8280     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8281     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8282     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8283       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8284 
8285     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8286     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8287     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8288       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8289       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8290       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8291       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8292         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8293         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8294         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8295       }
8296     }
8297 
8298     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8299     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8300     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8301     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8302     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8303       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8304       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8305         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8306             << NewFD << R;
8307       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8308                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8309         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8310     }
8311   }
8312   return Redeclaration;
8313 }
8314 
8315 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8316   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8317   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8318   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8319   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8320   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8321   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8322   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8323   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8324     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8325          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8326       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8327   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8328     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8329       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8330   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8331     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8332     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8333     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8334     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8335       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8336   }
8337   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8338     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8339       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8340     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8341   }
8342 
8343   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8344     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8345         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8346     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8347     return;
8348   }
8349 
8350   QualType T = FD->getType();
8351   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8352   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8353 
8354   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8355     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8356     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8357     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8358 
8359     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8360     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8361       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8362     else {
8363       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8364       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8365       if (RTRange.isValid())
8366         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8367             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8368     }
8369   } else {
8370     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8371     // set the flag which tells us that.
8372     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8373 
8374     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8375     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8376       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8377     else {
8378       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8379       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8380       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8381           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8382                                 : FixItHint());
8383       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8384     }
8385   }
8386 
8387   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8388   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8389 
8390   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8391   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8392   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8393 
8394   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8395 
8396   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8397     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8398     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8399     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8400   }
8401 
8402   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8403   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8404   // getting shifty.
8405   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8406     HasExtraParameters = false;
8407 
8408   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8409     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8410     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8411     nparams = 3;
8412   }
8413 
8414   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8415   // if we had some location information about types.
8416 
8417   QualType CharPP =
8418     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8419   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8420 
8421   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8422     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8423 
8424     bool mismatch = true;
8425 
8426     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8427       mismatch = false;
8428     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8429       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8430       //   char const **
8431       //   char const * const *
8432       //   char * const *
8433 
8434       QualifierCollector qs;
8435       const PointerType* PT;
8436       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8437           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8438           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8439                               Context.CharTy)) {
8440         qs.removeConst();
8441         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8442       }
8443     }
8444 
8445     if (mismatch) {
8446       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8447       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8448       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8449     }
8450   }
8451 
8452   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8453     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8454   }
8455 
8456   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8457     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8458     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8459   }
8460 }
8461 
8462 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8463   QualType T = FD->getType();
8464   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8465   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8466 
8467   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8468   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8469   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8470       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8471       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8472     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8473     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8474       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8475 
8476   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8477     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8478     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8479   }
8480 }
8481 
8482 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8483   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8484   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8485   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8486   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8487   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8488   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8489   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8490   // rules there don't matter.)
8491   const Expr *Culprit;
8492   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8493     return false;
8494   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8495     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8496   return true;
8497 }
8498 
8499 namespace {
8500   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8501   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8502   class SelfReferenceChecker
8503       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8504     Sema &S;
8505     Decl *OrigDecl;
8506     bool isRecordType;
8507     bool isPODType;
8508     bool isReferenceType;
8509 
8510     bool isInitList;
8511     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8512   public:
8513     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8514 
8515     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8516                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8517       isPODType = false;
8518       isRecordType = false;
8519       isReferenceType = false;
8520       isInitList = false;
8521       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8522         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8523         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8524         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8525       }
8526     }
8527 
8528     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8529     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8530     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8531     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8532       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8533       if (!InitList) {
8534         Visit(E);
8535         return;
8536       }
8537 
8538       // Track and increment the index here.
8539       isInitList = true;
8540       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8541       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8542         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8543         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8544       }
8545       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8546     }
8547 
8548     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8549     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8550     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8551       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8552       Expr *Base = E;
8553       bool ReferenceField = false;
8554 
8555       // Get the field memebers used.
8556       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8557         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8558         if (!FD)
8559           return false;
8560         Fields.push_back(FD);
8561         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8562           ReferenceField = true;
8563         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8564       }
8565 
8566       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8567       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8568       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8569         return false;
8570 
8571       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8572       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8573         return true;
8574 
8575       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8576       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8577       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8578         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8579       }
8580 
8581       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8582       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8583       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8584       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8585                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8586                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8587                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8588            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8589         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8590           return true;
8591         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8592           break;
8593       }
8594 
8595       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8596       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8597       return true;
8598     }
8599 
8600     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8601     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8602     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8603     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8604       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8605       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8606         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8607         return;
8608       }
8609 
8610       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8611         Visit(CO->getCond());
8612         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8613         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8614         return;
8615       }
8616 
8617       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8618               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8619         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8620         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8621         return;
8622       }
8623 
8624       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8625         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8626         return;
8627       }
8628 
8629       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8630         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8631           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8632           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8633           return;
8634         }
8635       }
8636 
8637       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8638         if (isInitList) {
8639           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8640                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8641             return;
8642         }
8643 
8644         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8645         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8646           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8647           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8648             return;
8649           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8650         }
8651         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8652           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8653         return;
8654       }
8655 
8656       Visit(E);
8657     }
8658 
8659     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8660     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8661     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8662       if (isReferenceType)
8663         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8664     }
8665 
8666     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8667       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8668         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8669         return;
8670       }
8671 
8672       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8673     }
8674 
8675     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8676       if (isInitList) {
8677         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8678           return;
8679       }
8680 
8681       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8682       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8683 
8684       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8685       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8686       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8687       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8688       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8689       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8690         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8691           Warn = false;
8692         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8693       }
8694 
8695       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8696         if (Warn)
8697           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8698         return;
8699       }
8700 
8701       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8702       // Visit that expression.
8703       Visit(Base);
8704     }
8705 
8706     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8707       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8708 
8709       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8710         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8711 
8712       Visit(Callee);
8713       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8714         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8715     }
8716 
8717     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8718       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8719       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8720           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8721         if (!isPODType)
8722           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8723         return;
8724       }
8725 
8726       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8727         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8728         return;
8729       }
8730 
8731       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8732     }
8733 
8734     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8735 
8736     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8737       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8738         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8739         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8740           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8741             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8742         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8743           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8744             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8745         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8746         return;
8747       }
8748       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8749     }
8750 
8751     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8752       // Treat std::move as a use.
8753       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8754         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8755           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8756               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8757             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8758             return;
8759           }
8760         }
8761       }
8762 
8763       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8764     }
8765 
8766     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8767       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8768         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8769         Visit(E->getRHS());
8770         return;
8771       }
8772 
8773       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8774     }
8775 
8776     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8777     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8778     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8779     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8780       Visit(E->getCond());
8781       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8782     }
8783 
8784     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8785       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8786       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8787       unsigned diag;
8788       if (isReferenceType) {
8789         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8790       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8791         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8792       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8793                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8794                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8795         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8796       } else {
8797         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8798         return;
8799       }
8800 
8801       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8802                             S.PDiag(diag)
8803                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8804                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8805                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8806     }
8807   };
8808 
8809   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8810   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8811                                  bool DirectInit) {
8812     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8813     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8814     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8815       return;
8816 
8817     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8818 
8819     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8820     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8821     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8822       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8823         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8824           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8825             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8826               return;
8827 
8828     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8829   }
8830 }
8831 
8832 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8833 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8834 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8835 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8836                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8837   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8838   // the initializer.
8839   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8840     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8841     return;
8842   }
8843 
8844   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8845     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8846     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8847       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8848     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8849     return;
8850   }
8851 
8852   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8853   if (!VDecl) {
8854     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8855     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8856     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8857     return;
8858   }
8859   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8860 
8861   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8862   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8863     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8864     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8865     // TypoExpr.
8866     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
8867     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8868       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8869       return;
8870     }
8871 
8872     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8873       Init = Res.get();
8874       if (CXXDirectInit)
8875         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8876     }
8877 
8878     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8879     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8880     // contains exactly one expression.
8881     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8882       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8883         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8884         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8885         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8886              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8887                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8888           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8889           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8890         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8891         return;
8892       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8893         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8894              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8895                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8896                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8897           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8898           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8899         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8900         return;
8901       } else {
8902         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8903         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8904           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8905                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8906             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8907             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8908       }
8909     }
8910 
8911     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8912     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8913     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8914         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8915       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8916       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8917         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8918         return;
8919       }
8920       Init = Result.get();
8921       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8922     }
8923 
8924     QualType DeducedType;
8925     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8926             DAR_Failed)
8927       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8928     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8929       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8930       return;
8931     }
8932     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8933     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8934 
8935     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8936     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8937       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8938 
8939     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8940     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8941     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8942     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8943     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8944         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8945       SourceLocation Loc =
8946           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8947       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8948         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8949     }
8950 
8951     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8952     // the previously declared type.
8953     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8954       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8955       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8956       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8957     }
8958 
8959     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8960     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8961     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8962       return;
8963 
8964     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8965     // we implement N3922.
8966     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8967       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8968            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8969         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8970     }
8971   }
8972 
8973   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8974   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8975     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8976     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8977     return;
8978   }
8979 
8980   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8981     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8982     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8983     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8984     return;
8985   }
8986 
8987   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8988     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8989     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8990     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8991     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8992     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8993       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8994     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8995                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8996       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8997       return;
8998     }
8999 
9000     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9001     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9002                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9003                                AbstractVariableType))
9004       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9005   }
9006 
9007   VarDecl *Def;
9008   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9009     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9010     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9011         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9012          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9013          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9014          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9015       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9016       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9017     } else {
9018       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9019         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9020       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9021       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9022       return;
9023     }
9024   }
9025 
9026   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9027     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9028     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9029     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9030     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9031     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9032     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9033     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9034     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9035     //
9036     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9037     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9038     // declaration with an initializer.
9039     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9040       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9041           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9042       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9043            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9044           << 0;
9045       return;
9046     }
9047 
9048     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9049       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9050 
9051     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9052       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9053       return;
9054     }
9055   }
9056 
9057   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9058   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9059   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
9060     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9061     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9062     return;
9063   }
9064 
9065   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9066   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9067   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9068 
9069   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9070   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9071   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9072       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9073     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9074     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9075       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9076       return;
9077     }
9078     Init = Result.get();
9079   }
9080 
9081   // Perform the initialization.
9082   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9083     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9084     InitializationKind Kind
9085       = DirectInit ?
9086           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9087                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9088                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9089                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9090                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9091                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9092                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9093 
9094     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9095     if (CXXDirectInit)
9096       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9097                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9098 
9099     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9100     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9101       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9102           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9103             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9104             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9105           });
9106       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9107         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9108       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9109         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9110       }
9111     }
9112     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9113       return;
9114 
9115     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9116     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9117     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9118       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9119       return;
9120     }
9121 
9122     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9123   }
9124 
9125   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9126   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9127   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9128   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9129       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9130     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9131   }
9132 
9133   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9134   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9135   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9136   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9137   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9138     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9139 
9140   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9141     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9142 
9143     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9144       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9145 
9146     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9147     // Although this code can still have problems:
9148     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9149     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9150     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9151     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9152     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9153     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9154         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9155                          Init->getLocStart()))
9156         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9157   }
9158 
9159   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9160   //
9161   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9162   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9163   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9164   //
9165   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9166   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9167   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9168   //
9169   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9170   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9171                                           false,
9172                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9173   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9174     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9175     return;
9176   }
9177   Init = Result.get();
9178 
9179   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9180   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9181 
9182   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9183     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9184     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9185     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9186     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9187       const Expr *Culprit;
9188       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9189         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9190       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9191       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9192       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9193       // constant expressions.
9194       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9195                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9196                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9197         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9198              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9199           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9200     }
9201   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9202              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9203     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9204     //
9205     // struct S {
9206     //   static const int value = 17;
9207     // };
9208 
9209     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9210     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9211     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9212     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9213     //
9214     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9215     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9216     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9217     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9218     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9219     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9220     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9221     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9222     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9223 
9224     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9225     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9226 
9227     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9228     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9229     // type.
9230     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9231 
9232     // Require constness.
9233     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9234       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9235         << Init->getSourceRange();
9236       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9237 
9238     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9239     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9240       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9241       SourceLocation Loc;
9242       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9243         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9244         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9245         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9246       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9247         ; // Nothing to check.
9248       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9249         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9250       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9251         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9252         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9253         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9254           << Init->getSourceRange();
9255       } else {
9256         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9257         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9258         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9259           << Init->getSourceRange();
9260         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9261       }
9262 
9263     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9264     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9265       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9266       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9267       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9268         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9269              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9270             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9271         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9272              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9273             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9274       } else {
9275         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9276           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9277 
9278         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9279           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9280             << Init->getSourceRange();
9281           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9282         }
9283       }
9284 
9285     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9286     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9287       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9288         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9289         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9290       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9291 
9292     } else {
9293       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9294         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9295       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9296     }
9297   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9298     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9299         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9300          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9301            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9302         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9303       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9304 
9305     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9306     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9307       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9308   }
9309 
9310   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9311   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9312   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9313   //
9314   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9315   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9316   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9317   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9318   // special case code.
9319 
9320   // C++ 8.5p11:
9321   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9322   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9323   // class type.
9324   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9325     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9326     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9327   } else if (DirectInit) {
9328     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9329     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9330   }
9331 
9332   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9333 }
9334 
9335 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9336 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9337 /// of sanity.
9338 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9339   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9340   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9341   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9342 
9343   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9344   if (!VD) return;
9345 
9346   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9347   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9348     D->setInvalidDecl();
9349     return;
9350   }
9351 
9352   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9353   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9354 
9355   // Require a complete type.
9356   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9357                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9358                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9359     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9360     return;
9361   }
9362 
9363   // Require a non-abstract type.
9364   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9365                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9366                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9367     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9368     return;
9369   }
9370 
9371   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9372   // though.
9373 }
9374 
9375 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9376                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9377   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9378   if (!RealDecl)
9379     return;
9380 
9381   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9382     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9383 
9384     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9385     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9386       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9387         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9388       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9389       return;
9390     }
9391 
9392     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9393     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9394     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9395     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9396     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9397     // member.
9398     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9399       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9400         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9401              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9402           << Var->getDeclName();
9403       else
9404         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9405       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9406       return;
9407     }
9408 
9409     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9410     // be initialized.
9411     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9412         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9413         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9414       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9415       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9416       return;
9417     }
9418 
9419     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9420     case VarDecl::Definition:
9421       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9422         break;
9423 
9424       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9425       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9426       // a declaration.
9427       //
9428       // Fall through
9429 
9430     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9431       // It's only a declaration.
9432 
9433       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9434       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9435       // object shall be complete.
9436       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9437           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9438           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9439                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9440         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9441 
9442       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9443       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9444           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9445                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9446                                  AbstractVariableType))
9447         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9448       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9449           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9450         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9451         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9452       }
9453 
9454       return;
9455 
9456     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9457       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9458       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9459       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9460       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9461       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9462       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9463         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9464                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9465           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9466                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9467                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9468             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9469         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9470           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9471           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9472           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9473           // NOTE: code such as the following
9474           //     static struct s;
9475           //     struct s { int a; };
9476           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9477           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9478           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9479           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9480             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9481                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9482         }
9483       }
9484 
9485       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9486       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9487         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9488       return;
9489     }
9490 
9491     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9492     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9493     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9494       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9495            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9496       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9497       return;
9498     }
9499 
9500     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9501     // definitions with reference type.
9502     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9503       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9504         << Var->getDeclName()
9505         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9506       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9507       return;
9508     }
9509 
9510     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9511     // variable with dependent type.
9512     if (Type->isDependentType())
9513       return;
9514 
9515     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9516       return;
9517 
9518     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9519       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9520                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9521                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9522         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9523         return;
9524       }
9525     } else {
9526       return;
9527     }
9528 
9529     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9530     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9531                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9532                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9533       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9534       return;
9535     }
9536 
9537     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9538     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9539     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9540     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9541     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9542     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9543     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9544     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9545     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9546     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9547     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9548       if (const RecordType *Record
9549             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9550         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9551         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9552         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9553         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9554         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9555           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9556       }
9557     }
9558 
9559     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9560     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9561     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9562     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9563     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9564     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9565     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9566     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9567     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9568     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9569     //   program is ill-formed.
9570     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9571     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9572     //   default-initialized; [...].
9573     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9574     InitializationKind Kind
9575       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9576 
9577     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9578     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9579     if (Init.isInvalid())
9580       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9581     else if (Init.get()) {
9582       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9583       // This is important for template substitution.
9584       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9585     }
9586 
9587     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9588   }
9589 }
9590 
9591 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9592   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9593   if (!VD) {
9594     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9595     D->setInvalidDecl();
9596     return;
9597   }
9598 
9599   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9600 
9601   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9602   int Error = -1;
9603   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9604   case SC_None:
9605     break;
9606   case SC_Extern:
9607     Error = 0;
9608     break;
9609   case SC_Static:
9610     Error = 1;
9611     break;
9612   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9613     Error = 2;
9614     break;
9615   case SC_Auto:
9616     Error = 3;
9617     break;
9618   case SC_Register:
9619     Error = 4;
9620     break;
9621   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9622     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9623   }
9624   if (Error != -1) {
9625     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9626       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9627     D->setInvalidDecl();
9628   }
9629 }
9630 
9631 StmtResult
9632 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9633                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9634                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9635                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9636   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9637   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9638   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9639   //   is equivalent to
9640   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9641   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9642 
9643   const char *PrevSpec;
9644   unsigned DiagID;
9645   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9646                      getPrintingPolicy());
9647 
9648   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9649   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9650   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9651 
9652   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9653   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9654                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9655   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9656   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9657   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9658   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9659                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9660 }
9661 
9662 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9663   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9664 
9665   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9666   // local retaining variable.
9667   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9668       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9669     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9670     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9671     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9672     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9673       break;
9674 
9675     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9676     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9677       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9678       break;
9679     }
9680   }
9681 
9682   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9683   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9684   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9685   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9686   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9687   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9688       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9689       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9690       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9691                                   var->getLocation())) {
9692     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9693     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9694     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9695       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9696 
9697     if (!prev)
9698       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9699   }
9700 
9701   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9702     const Expr *Culprit;
9703     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9704       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9705       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9706       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9707       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9708       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9709         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9710     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9711                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9712                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9713       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9714       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9715       //   initialization.
9716       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9717       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9718         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9719       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9720         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9721     }
9722 
9723   }
9724 
9725   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9726   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9727   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9728       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9729     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9730     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9731     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9732       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9733     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9734       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9735       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9736     } else {
9737       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9738       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9739     }
9740     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9741       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9742           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9743           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9744     }
9745     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9746       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9747         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9748 
9749     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9750     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9751     // attribute.
9752     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9753       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9754                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9755   }
9756 
9757   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9758   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9759 
9760   QualType type = var->getType();
9761   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9762 
9763   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9764   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9765     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9766     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9767 
9768     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9769     // constructing this copy.
9770     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9771       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9772       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9773       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9774       ExprResult result
9775         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9776             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9777             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9778       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9779         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9780         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9781         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9782       }
9783     }
9784   }
9785 
9786   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9787   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9788   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9789 
9790   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9791       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9792     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9793         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9794                                     var->getLocation())) {
9795       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9796       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9797       // warned about them.
9798       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9799       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9800           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9801         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9802           << Init->getSourceRange();
9803     }
9804 
9805     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9806       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9807       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9808         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9809         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9810         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9811         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9812               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9813           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9814           Notes.clear();
9815         }
9816         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9817           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9818         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9819           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9820       }
9821     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9822       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9823       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9824       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9825       var->checkInitIsICE();
9826     }
9827   }
9828 
9829   // Require the destructor.
9830   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9831     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9832 }
9833 
9834 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
9835 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
9836   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
9837     return true;
9838   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
9839     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
9840       return true;
9841   return false;
9842 }
9843 
9844 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9845 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9846 void
9847 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9848   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9849   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9850 
9851   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9852   if (!VD)
9853     return;
9854 
9855   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9856 
9857   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
9858   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
9859   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
9860   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
9861     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
9862     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
9863     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
9864       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
9865       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
9866         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
9867           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
9868           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
9869       }
9870     }
9871   }
9872 
9873   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9874   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9875     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9876             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9877       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9878         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9879         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9880         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9881       }
9882     }
9883   }
9884 
9885   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9886   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9887 
9888   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9889   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9890     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9891         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9892       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9893       // with a warning.
9894       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9895         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9896       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9897           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9898           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9899 
9900       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9901            IsClassTemplateMember
9902                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9903                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9904       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9905       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9906         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9907     }
9908   }
9909 
9910   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9911   // isn't exported with the variable.
9912   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9913     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9914                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9915     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9916   }
9917 
9918   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9919     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9920       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9921       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9922     }
9923   }
9924 
9925   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9926   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9927   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9928   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9929     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9930 
9931   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9932   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9933       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9934     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9935 
9936   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9937   // tag values.
9938   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9939       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9940     return;
9941 
9942   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9943     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9944     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9945       continue;
9946     }
9947     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9948     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9949       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9950            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9951         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9952       continue;
9953     }
9954     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9955       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9956            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9957         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9958       continue;
9959     }
9960     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9961     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9962                                MagicValue,
9963                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9964                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9965                                I->getMustBeNull());
9966   }
9967 }
9968 
9969 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9970                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9971   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9972 
9973   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9974     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9975 
9976   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9977   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9978     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9979       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9980         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9981           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9982       Decls.push_back(D);
9983     }
9984 
9985   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9986     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9987       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
9988       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9989         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9990     }
9991   }
9992 
9993   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9994 }
9995 
9996 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9997 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9998 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9999 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10000                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10001   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10002   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10003   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10004   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10005   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10006   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10007   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10008   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10009     QualType Deduced;
10010     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10011     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10012     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10013       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10014         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10015         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10016         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10017           break;
10018         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10019         if (!U.isNull()) {
10020           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10021           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10022             Deduced = U;
10023             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10024             DeducedDecl = D;
10025           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10026             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10027                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10028               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
10029               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10030               << U << D->getDeclName()
10031               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10032               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10033             D->setInvalidDecl();
10034             break;
10035           }
10036         }
10037       }
10038     }
10039   }
10040 
10041   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10042 
10043   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10044       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10045 }
10046 
10047 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10048   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10049 }
10050 
10051 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10052   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10053   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10054     return;
10055 
10056   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10057                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10058       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10059                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10060     return;
10061 
10062   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10063     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10064     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10065     // additional declaration references:
10066     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10067     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10068     //   'struct S *pS;'
10069     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10070     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10071     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10072       Group = Group.slice(1);
10073     }
10074   }
10075 
10076   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10077   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10078   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10079       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10080     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10081     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10082     //
10083     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10084     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10085     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10086     // ahead through comments.
10087     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10088       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10089   }
10090 }
10091 
10092 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10093 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10094 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10095   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10096 
10097   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10098 
10099   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10100   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10101   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10102     SC = SC_Register;
10103   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10104              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10105     SC = SC_Auto;
10106   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10107     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10108          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10109     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10110   }
10111 
10112   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10113     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10114       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10115   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10116     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10117       << 0;
10118 
10119   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10120 
10121   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10122   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10123 
10124   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10125     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10126     // parameter.
10127     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10128 
10129     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10130     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10131       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10132         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10133       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10134     }
10135   }
10136 
10137   // Ensure we have a valid name
10138   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10139   if (D.hasName()) {
10140     II = D.getIdentifier();
10141     if (!II) {
10142       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10143         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10144       D.setInvalidType(true);
10145     }
10146   }
10147 
10148   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10149   if (II) {
10150     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10151                    ForRedeclaration);
10152     LookupName(R, S);
10153     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10154       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10155       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10156         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10157         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10158         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10159         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10160       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10161         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10162         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10163 
10164         // Recover by removing the name
10165         II = nullptr;
10166         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10167         D.setInvalidType(true);
10168       }
10169     }
10170   }
10171 
10172   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10173   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10174   // looking like class members in C++.
10175   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10176                                     D.getLocStart(),
10177                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10178                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10179                                     SC);
10180 
10181   if (D.isInvalidType())
10182     New->setInvalidDecl();
10183 
10184   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10185   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10186   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10187                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10188 
10189   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10190   S->AddDecl(New);
10191   if (II)
10192     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10193 
10194   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10195 
10196   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10197     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10198       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10199       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10200       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10201 
10202   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10203     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10204   }
10205   return New;
10206 }
10207 
10208 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10209 /// typedef.
10210 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10211                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10212                                               QualType T) {
10213   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10214      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10215      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10216   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10217                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10218                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10219   Param->setImplicit();
10220   return Param;
10221 }
10222 
10223 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10224                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10225   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10226   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10227   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10228     return;
10229 
10230   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10231     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10232         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10233       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10234         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10235     }
10236   }
10237 }
10238 
10239 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10240                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10241                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10242                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10243   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10244     return;
10245 
10246   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10247   // threshold.
10248   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10249     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10250     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10251       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10252           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10253   }
10254 
10255   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10256   // threshold.
10257   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10258     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10259     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10260       continue;
10261     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10262     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10263       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10264           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10265   }
10266 }
10267 
10268 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10269                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10270                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10271                                   StorageClass SC) {
10272   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10273   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10274       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10275       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10276 
10277     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10278 
10279     // Special cases for arrays:
10280     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10281     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10282     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10283       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10284         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10285             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10286             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10287       }
10288       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10289     } else {
10290       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10291     }
10292     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10293   }
10294 
10295   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10296                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10297                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10298 
10299   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10300   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10301   // the class has been completely parsed.
10302   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10303       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10304                              AbstractParamType))
10305     New->setInvalidDecl();
10306 
10307   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10308   // passed by reference.
10309   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10310     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10311     Diag(NameLoc,
10312          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10313       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10314     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10315     New->setType(T);
10316   }
10317 
10318   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10319   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10320   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10321   // an address space.
10322   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10323     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10324     // to be qualified with an address space.
10325     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10326       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10327       New->setInvalidDecl();
10328     }
10329   }
10330 
10331   return New;
10332 }
10333 
10334 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10335                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10336   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10337 
10338   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10339   // for a K&R function.
10340   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10341     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10342       --i;
10343       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10344         SmallString<256> Code;
10345         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10346             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10347         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10348             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10349             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10350 
10351         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10352         // type.
10353         AttributeFactory attrs;
10354         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10355         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10356         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10357         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10358                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10359         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10360         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10361         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10362         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10363         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10364         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10365       }
10366     }
10367   }
10368 }
10369 
10370 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10371   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10372   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10373   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10374 
10375   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10376   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10377   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10378 }
10379 
10380 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10381   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10382 }
10383 
10384 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10385                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10386   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10387   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10388     return false;
10389 
10390   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10391   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10392     return false;
10393 
10394   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10395   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10396     return false;
10397 
10398   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10399   if (FD->isMain())
10400     return false;
10401 
10402   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10403   if (FD->isInlined())
10404     return false;
10405 
10406   // Don't warn about function templates.
10407   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10408     return false;
10409 
10410   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10411   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10412     return false;
10413 
10414   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10415   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10416     return false;
10417 
10418   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10419   if (FD->isDeleted())
10420     return false;
10421 
10422   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10423   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10424        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10425     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10426     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10427     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10428       continue;
10429 
10430     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10431     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10432       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10433     break;
10434   }
10435 
10436   return MissingPrototype;
10437 }
10438 
10439 void
10440 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10441                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10442   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10443   // was an extern inline function.
10444   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10445   if (!Definition)
10446     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10447       return;
10448 
10449   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10450     return;
10451 
10452   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10453   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10454   //
10455   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10456   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10457   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10458   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10459       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10460        Definition->isInlined() ||
10461        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10462        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10463     return;
10464 
10465   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10466       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10467     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10468         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10469   else
10470     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10471 
10472   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10473   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10474 }
10475 
10476 
10477 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10478                                    Sema &S) {
10479   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10480 
10481   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10482   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10483   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10484   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10485   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10486 
10487   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10488     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10489   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10490     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10491   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10492     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10493   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10494 
10495   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10496   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10497 
10498   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10499   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10500   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10501   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10502     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10503       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10504       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10505         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10506       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10507       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10508       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10509           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10510           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10511                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10512           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10513 
10514     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10515       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10516                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10517     } else {
10518       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10519     }
10520     ++I;
10521   }
10522 }
10523 
10524 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10525   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10526   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10527 
10528   if (!D)
10529     return D;
10530   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10531 
10532   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10533     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10534   else
10535     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10536   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10537   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10538   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10539   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10540   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10541   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10542   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10543   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10544   // have the LSI properly restored.
10545   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10546     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10547       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10548       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10549     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10550   }
10551   else
10552     // Enter a new function scope
10553     PushFunctionScope();
10554 
10555   // See if this is a redefinition.
10556   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10557     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10558 
10559   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10560   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10561     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10562         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10563       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10564       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10565     }
10566   }
10567 
10568   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10569   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10570   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10571   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10572       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10573       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10574                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10575     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10576 
10577   if (FnBodyScope)
10578     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10579 
10580   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10581   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10582                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10583 
10584   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10585   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10586     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10587 
10588     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10589     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10590       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10591 
10592       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10593     }
10594   }
10595 
10596   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10597   // introduce them into the function scope.
10598   if (FnBodyScope) {
10599     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10600              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10601              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10602          I != E; ++I) {
10603       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10604 
10605       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10606       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10607       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10608       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10609         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10610         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10611           if (DI == D) {
10612             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10613             break;
10614           }
10615         }
10616         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10617         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10618       }
10619 
10620       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10621       if (!D->getName().empty())
10622         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10623 
10624       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10625       // accessible in this scope.
10626       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10627         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10628           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10629       }
10630     }
10631   }
10632 
10633   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10634   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10635     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10636 
10637   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10638   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10639       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10640     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10641     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10642     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10643     return D;
10644   }
10645   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10646   // a function template).
10647   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10648   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10649       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10650       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10651     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10652 
10653   return D;
10654 }
10655 
10656 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10657 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10658 /// optimization.
10659 ///
10660 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10661 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10662 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10663 /// use the named return value optimization.
10664 ///
10665 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10666 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10667 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10668 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10669   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10670 
10671   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10672     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10673       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10674         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10675     }
10676   }
10677 }
10678 
10679 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10680   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10681   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10682     return false;
10683 
10684   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10685   // return type (yet).
10686   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10687     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10688     // we can still delay parsing it.
10689     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10690       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10691       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10692           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10693         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10694         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10695       }
10696     }
10697     return false;
10698   }
10699 
10700   return true;
10701 }
10702 
10703 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10704   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10705   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10706   // rest of the file.
10707   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10708   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10709   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10710     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10711       return false;
10712   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10713 }
10714 
10715 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10716   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10717     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10718   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10719     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10720   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10721 }
10722 
10723 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10724   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10725 }
10726 
10727 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10728                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10729   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10730 
10731   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10732   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10733 
10734   if (FD) {
10735     FD->setBody(Body);
10736 
10737     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10738         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10739       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10740       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10741       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10742       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10743         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10744             << FD->getReturnType();
10745         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10746       } else {
10747         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10748         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10749         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10750             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10751       }
10752     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10753       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10754       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10755         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10756 
10757         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10758         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10759         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10760         QualType RetType =
10761             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10762 
10763         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10764         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10765             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10766         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10767                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10768       }
10769     }
10770 
10771     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10772     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10773     // is the first declaration.
10774     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10775       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10776         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10777       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10778                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10779                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10780         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10781     }
10782 
10783     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10784     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10785     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10786       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10787 
10788     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10789     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10790     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10791       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10792 
10793     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10794       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10795       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10796         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10797       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10798                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10799 
10800       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10801       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10802         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10803       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10804         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10805 
10806       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10807       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10808       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10809       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10810           !FD->isDependentContext())
10811         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10812     }
10813 
10814     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10815     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10816     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10817     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10818     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10819     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10820     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10821       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10822 
10823       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10824         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10825         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10826         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10827                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10828           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10829           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10830             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10831                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10832                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10833                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10834         }
10835       }
10836     }
10837 
10838     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10839       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10840       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10841           MD->isVirtual() &&
10842           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10843           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10844         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10845         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10846             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10847           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10848 
10849           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10850           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10851           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10852           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10853           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10854             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10855         } else {
10856           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10857           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10858         }
10859       }
10860     }
10861 
10862     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10863            "Function parsing confused");
10864   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10865     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10866     MD->setBody(Body);
10867     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10868       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10869       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10870                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10871 
10872       if (Body)
10873         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10874     }
10875     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10876       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10877         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10878       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10879     }
10880     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10881       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10882       bool isDesignated =
10883           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10884       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10885       (void)isDesignated;
10886 
10887       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10888         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10889         if (!IFace)
10890           return false;
10891         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10892         if (!SuperD)
10893           return false;
10894         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10895             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10896       };
10897       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10898       // of NSObject.
10899       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10900         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10901              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10902         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10903              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10904       }
10905       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10906     }
10907     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10908       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10909       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10910         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10911              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10912       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10913     }
10914   } else {
10915     return nullptr;
10916   }
10917 
10918   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10919          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10920          "handled in the block above.");
10921 
10922   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10923   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10924     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10925     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10926     // Verify this.
10927     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10928       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10929 
10930     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10931     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10932         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10933       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10934 
10935     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10936       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10937         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10938 
10939       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10940                                              Destructor->getParent());
10941     }
10942 
10943     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10944     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10945     // deletion in some later function.
10946     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10947         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10948       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10949     }
10950     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10951         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10952       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10953       // enabled.
10954       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10955     }
10956 
10957     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10958         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10959          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10960       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10961 
10962     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10963       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10964         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10965           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10966           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10967           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10968           break;
10969         }
10970       }
10971     }
10972 
10973     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
10974                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
10975            "Leftover temporaries in function");
10976     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10977     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10978            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10979   }
10980 
10981   if (!IsInstantiation)
10982     PopDeclContext();
10983 
10984   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10985   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10986   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10987   // deletion in some later function.
10988   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10989     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10990   }
10991 
10992   return dcl;
10993 }
10994 
10995 
10996 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10997 /// relevant Decl.
10998 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10999                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11000   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11001   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11002     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11003   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11004 
11005   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11006     if (Method->isStatic())
11007       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11008 }
11009 
11010 
11011 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11012 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11013 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11014                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11015   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11016   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11017   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11018   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11019   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11020     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11021     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11022     return ExternCPrev;
11023   }
11024 
11025   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11026   unsigned diag_id;
11027   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11028     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11029   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11030     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11031   else
11032     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11033   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11034 
11035   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11036   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11037   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11038     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11039     if (S &&
11040         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11041              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11042              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11043       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11044                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11045   }
11046 
11047   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11048   const char *Dummy;
11049   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11050   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11051   unsigned DiagID;
11052   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11053                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11054   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11055   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11056   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11057   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11058   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11059                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11060                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11061                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11062                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11063                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11064                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11065                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11066                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11067                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11068                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11069                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11070                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11071                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11072                                              EST_None,
11073                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
11074                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11075                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11076                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11077                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11078                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11079                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11080                 DS.getAttributes(),
11081                 SourceLocation());
11082   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11083 
11084   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11085 
11086   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11087   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11088 
11089   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11090   FD->setImplicit();
11091 
11092   CurContext = PrevDC;
11093 
11094   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11095 
11096   return FD;
11097 }
11098 
11099 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11100 /// the declaration of this function.
11101 ///
11102 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11103 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11104 /// like NSLog or printf.
11105 ///
11106 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11107 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11108 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11109   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11110     return;
11111 
11112   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11113   // actual attributes.
11114   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11115     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11116     unsigned FormatIdx;
11117     bool HasVAListArg;
11118     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11119       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11120         const char *fmt = "printf";
11121         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11122         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11123             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11124           fmt = "NSString";
11125         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11126                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11127                                                FormatIdx+1,
11128                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11129                                                FD->getLocation()));
11130       }
11131     }
11132     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11133                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11134      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11135        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11136                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11137                                               FormatIdx+1,
11138                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11139                                               FD->getLocation()));
11140     }
11141 
11142     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11143     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11144     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11145     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11146         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11147       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11148         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11149     }
11150 
11151     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11152         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11153       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11154                                          FD->getLocation()));
11155     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11156       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11157     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11158       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11159   }
11160 
11161   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11162   if (!Name)
11163     return;
11164   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11165        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11166       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11167        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11168        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11169     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11170     // about.
11171   } else
11172     return;
11173 
11174   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11175     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11176     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11177     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11178       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11179                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11180                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11181                                              FD->getLocation()));
11182   }
11183 
11184   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11185     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11186     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11187     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11188       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11189                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11190   }
11191 }
11192 
11193 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11194                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11195   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11196   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11197 
11198   if (!TInfo) {
11199     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11200     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11201   }
11202 
11203   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11204   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11205                                            D.getLocStart(),
11206                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11207                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11208                                            TInfo);
11209 
11210   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11211   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11212     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11213     return NewTD;
11214   }
11215 
11216   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11217     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11218       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11219         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11220         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11221         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11222     else
11223       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11224   }
11225 
11226   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11227   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11228   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11229   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11230   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11231   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11232   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11233   case TST_enum:
11234   case TST_struct:
11235   case TST_interface:
11236   case TST_union:
11237   case TST_class: {
11238     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11239     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11240     break;
11241   }
11242 
11243   default:
11244     break;
11245   }
11246 
11247   return NewTD;
11248 }
11249 
11250 
11251 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11252 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11253   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11254   QualType T = TI->getType();
11255 
11256   if (T->isDependentType())
11257     return false;
11258 
11259   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11260     if (BT->isInteger())
11261       return false;
11262 
11263   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11264   return true;
11265 }
11266 
11267 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11268 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11269 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11270                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11271                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11272   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11273 
11274   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11275     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11276       << Prev->isScoped();
11277     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11278     return true;
11279   }
11280 
11281   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11282     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11283         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11284         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11285                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11286       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11287       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11288         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11289       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11290           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11291       return true;
11292     }
11293   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11294     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11295       << Prev->isFixed();
11296     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11297     return true;
11298   }
11299 
11300   return false;
11301 }
11302 
11303 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11304 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11305 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11306 ///
11307 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11308 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11309   switch (Tag) {
11310   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11311   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11312   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11313   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11314   }
11315 }
11316 
11317 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11318 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11319 ///
11320 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11321 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11322 {
11323   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11324 }
11325 
11326 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11327 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11328 ///
11329 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11330 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11331                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11332                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11333                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11334   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11335   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11336   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11337   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11338   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11339   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11340   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11341   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11342   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11343   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11344   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11345   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11346   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11347   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11348   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11349     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11350       return true;
11351 
11352   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11353     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11354     bool isTemplate = false;
11355     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11356       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11357 
11358     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11359       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11360       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11361       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11362         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11363         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11364       return true;
11365     }
11366 
11367     if (isDefinition) {
11368       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11369       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11370       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11371         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11372         return true;
11373       }
11374 
11375       bool previousMismatch = false;
11376       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11377         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11378           if (!previousMismatch) {
11379             previousMismatch = true;
11380             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11381               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11382               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11383           }
11384           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11385             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11386             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11387                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11388         }
11389       }
11390       return true;
11391     }
11392 
11393     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11394     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11395     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11396     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11397                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11398     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11399       return true;
11400     }
11401 
11402     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11403       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11404       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11405     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11406 
11407     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11408     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11409         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11410           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11411           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11412                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11413     }
11414 
11415     return true;
11416   }
11417   return false;
11418 }
11419 
11420 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11421 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11422 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11423 ///   namespace N {
11424 ///     struct X;
11425 ///     namespace M {
11426 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11427 ///     }
11428 ///   }
11429 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11430                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11431   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11432   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11433   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11434   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11435   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11436   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11437     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11438     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11439     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11440     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11441       return FixItHint();
11442     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11443     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11444     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11445         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11446     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11447       break;
11448   }
11449 
11450   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11451   // build an NNS.
11452   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11453   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11454   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11455     OS << "::";
11456   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11457   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11458     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11459   OS.flush();
11460   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11461 }
11462 
11463 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11464 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11465 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11466 /// using-declaration).
11467 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11468                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11469   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11470   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11471 
11472   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11473     return true;
11474 
11475   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11476   // encloses the other).
11477   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11478       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11479     return true;
11480 
11481   return false;
11482 }
11483 
11484 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11485 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11486 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11487 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11488 ///
11489 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11490 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11491 ///
11492 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11493 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11494 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11495                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11496                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11497                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11498                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11499                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11500                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11501                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11502                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11503                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11504                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11505   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11506   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11507   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11508          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11509   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11510 
11511   OwnedDecl = false;
11512   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11513   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11514 
11515   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11516   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11517   bool Invalid = false;
11518 
11519   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11520   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11521   // for non-C++ cases.
11522   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11523       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11524     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11525             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11526                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11527                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11528       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11529         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11530         return nullptr;
11531       }
11532 
11533       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11534         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11535         // be a member of another template).
11536 
11537         if (Invalid)
11538           return nullptr;
11539 
11540         OwnedDecl = false;
11541         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11542                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11543                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11544                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11545                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11546                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11547                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11548                                                SkipBody);
11549         return Result.get();
11550       } else {
11551         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11552         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11553           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11554         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11555       }
11556     }
11557   }
11558 
11559   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11560   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11561   // redeclaration.
11562   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11563 
11564   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11565     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11566       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11567       // type, default to int.
11568       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11569     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11570       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11571       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11572       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11573       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11574       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11575 
11576       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11577         // Recover by falling back to int.
11578         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11579 
11580       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11581                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11582         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11583 
11584     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11585       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11586       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11587   }
11588 
11589   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11590   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11591   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11592 
11593   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11594   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11595     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11596 
11597   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11598   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11599     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11600 
11601     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11602     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11603       Name = nullptr;
11604       goto CreateNewDecl;
11605     }
11606 
11607     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11608     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11609     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11610       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11611       if (!DC) {
11612         IsDependent = true;
11613         return nullptr;
11614       }
11615     } else {
11616       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11617       if (!DC) {
11618         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11619           << SS.getRange();
11620         return nullptr;
11621       }
11622     }
11623 
11624     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11625       return nullptr;
11626 
11627     SearchDC = DC;
11628     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11629     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11630 
11631     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11632       return nullptr;
11633 
11634     if (Previous.empty()) {
11635       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11636       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11637       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11638       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11639       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11640       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11641       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11642           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11643         IsDependent = true;
11644         return nullptr;
11645       }
11646 
11647       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11648       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11649         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11650       Name = nullptr;
11651       Invalid = true;
11652       goto CreateNewDecl;
11653     }
11654   } else if (Name) {
11655     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11656     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11657     //   name different from T:
11658     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11659     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11660         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11661       return nullptr;
11662 
11663     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11664     // declaration or definition.
11665     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11666     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11667     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11668     LookupName(Previous, S);
11669 
11670     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11671     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11672     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11673         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11674       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11675       while (F.hasNext()) {
11676         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11677         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11678           F.erase();
11679       }
11680       F.done();
11681     }
11682 
11683     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11684     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11685     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11686     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11687     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11688     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11689     //
11690     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11691     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11692     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11693     //
11694     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11695     // semantic context?
11696     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11697       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11698       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11699       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11700       while (F.hasNext()) {
11701         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11702         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11703         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11704             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11705           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11706             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11707           else
11708             F.erase();
11709         }
11710       }
11711       F.done();
11712 
11713       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11714       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11715       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11716         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11717         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11718             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11719       }
11720     }
11721 
11722     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11723     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11724       return nullptr;
11725 
11726     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11727       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11728       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11729       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11730       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11731       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11732         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11733     }
11734   }
11735 
11736   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11737       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11738     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11739     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11740     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11741     Previous.clear();
11742   }
11743 
11744   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11745       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11746     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11747     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11748 
11749     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11750       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11751       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11752       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11753       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11754     }
11755   }
11756 
11757   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11758   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11759   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11760   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11761   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11762       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11763     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11764     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11765 
11766     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11767       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11768       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11769       //
11770       //          class-key identifier
11771       //
11772       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11773       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11774       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11775       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11776       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11777       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11778       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11779       //      declaration.
11780       //
11781       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11782       // C structs and unions.
11783       //
11784       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11785       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11786       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11787       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11788       //
11789       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11790       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11791       //
11792       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11793       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11794       // lexical context,
11795       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11796         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11797 
11798       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11799       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11800              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11801               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11802              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11803              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11804         S = S->getParent();
11805     } else {
11806       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11807       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11808       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11809       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11810       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11811       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11812     }
11813 
11814     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11815     // diagnose some problems.
11816     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11817       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11818       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11819     }
11820   }
11821 
11822   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
11823   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
11824     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
11825 
11826   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11827     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11828     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11829 
11830     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11831     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11832     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11833     // in C++.
11834     //
11835     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11836     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11837     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11838     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11839     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11840       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11841         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11842           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11843           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11844               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11845                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11846             PrevDecl = Tag;
11847             Previous.clear();
11848             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11849             Previous.resolveKind();
11850           }
11851         }
11852       }
11853     }
11854 
11855     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
11856     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
11857     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
11858     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
11859       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
11860       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11861           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
11862           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
11863                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
11864         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
11865         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
11866              diag::note_using_decl_target);
11867         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
11868             << 0;
11869         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
11870         Previous.clear();
11871         goto CreateNewDecl;
11872       }
11873     }
11874 
11875     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11876       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11877       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11878       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11879       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11880           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11881                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11882         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11883         // struct or something similar.
11884         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11885                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11886                                           Name)) {
11887           bool SafeToContinue
11888             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11889                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11890           if (SafeToContinue)
11891             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11892               << Name
11893               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11894                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11895           else
11896             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11897           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11898 
11899           if (SafeToContinue)
11900             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11901           else {
11902             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11903             Name = nullptr;
11904             Previous.clear();
11905             Invalid = true;
11906           }
11907         }
11908 
11909         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11910           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11911 
11912           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11913           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11914           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11915             if (ScopedEnum)
11916               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11917                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11918                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11919             return PrevTagDecl;
11920           }
11921 
11922           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11923           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11924             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11925           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11926             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11927 
11928           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11929           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11930           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11931           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11932                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11933             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11934         }
11935 
11936         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11937         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11938         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11939         //   and then later defined.
11940         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11941             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11942           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11943           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11944         }
11945 
11946         if (!Invalid) {
11947           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11948           // we have attributes.
11949 
11950           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11951           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11952           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11953           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11954           if (!Attr &&
11955               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11956                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11957                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11958             return PrevTagDecl;
11959 
11960           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11961           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11962             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11963               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11964               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11965               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11966               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11967               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11968                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11969                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11970                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11971                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11972                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11973                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11974                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11975                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11976               }
11977 
11978               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
11979               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11980                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
11981                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
11982                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
11983                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
11984                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
11985                 // use it in place of this one.
11986                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11987                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
11988                 return Def;
11989               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11990                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11991                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11992                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11993                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11994                 else
11995                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11996                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11997                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11998                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11999                 // references get the previous definition.
12000                 Name = nullptr;
12001                 Previous.clear();
12002                 Invalid = true;
12003               }
12004             } else {
12005               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12006               // about a nested redefinition.
12007               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12008               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12009                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12010                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12011                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12012                 Name = nullptr;
12013                 Previous.clear();
12014                 Invalid = true;
12015               }
12016             }
12017 
12018             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12019             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12020           }
12021 
12022           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12023           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12024           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12025           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12026             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12027             AS = AS_none;
12028           }
12029         }
12030         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12031         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12032 
12033       } else {
12034         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12035         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12036         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12037         // have distinct types.
12038         Previous.clear();
12039       }
12040       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12041       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12042       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12043 
12044 
12045     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12046     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12047     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12048     } else {
12049       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12050       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12051       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12052       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12053           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12054         unsigned Kind = 0;
12055         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12056         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12057         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12058         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12059         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12060         Invalid = true;
12061 
12062       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12063       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12064                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12065         // do nothing
12066 
12067       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12068       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12069         unsigned Kind = 0;
12070         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12071         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12072         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12073         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12074         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12075         Invalid = true;
12076 
12077       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12078       // case here.
12079       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12080         unsigned Kind = 0;
12081         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12082         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12083           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12084         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12085         Invalid = true;
12086 
12087       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12088       } else {
12089         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12090         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12091         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12092         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12093         Name = nullptr;
12094         Invalid = true;
12095       }
12096 
12097       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12098       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12099       Previous.clear();
12100     }
12101   }
12102 
12103 CreateNewDecl:
12104 
12105   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12106   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12107     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12108 
12109   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12110   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12111   // keyword.
12112   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12113 
12114   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12115   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12116   // PrevDecl.
12117   TagDecl *New;
12118 
12119   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12120   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12121     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12122     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12123     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12124                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12125                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12126     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12127     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12128       TagDecl *Def;
12129       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12130           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12131         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12132         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12133       }
12134       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12135         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12136           << New;
12137         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12138       } else {
12139         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12140         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12141           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12142         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12143           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12144         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12145 
12146         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12147         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12148         // the declaration context.
12149         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12150           IsForwardReference = true;
12151       }
12152     }
12153 
12154     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12155       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12156       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12157         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12158       else
12159         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12160       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12161     }
12162 
12163   } else {
12164     // struct/union/class
12165 
12166     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12167     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12168     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12169       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12170       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12171                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12172 
12173       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12174         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12175     } else
12176       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12177                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12178   }
12179 
12180   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12181   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12182   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12183     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12184       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12185     Invalid = true;
12186   }
12187 
12188   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12189   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12190     if (SS.isSet()) {
12191       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12192       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12193       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12194       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12195       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12196       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12197           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12198           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12199         Invalid = true;
12200 
12201       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12202       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12203         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
12204                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
12205                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
12206       }
12207     }
12208     else
12209       Invalid = true;
12210   }
12211 
12212   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12213     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12214     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12215     //
12216     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12217     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12218     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12219     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12220     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12221     // parsing of the struct).
12222     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12223       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12224       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12225     }
12226   }
12227 
12228   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12229     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12230       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12231         << 2
12232         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12233     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12234     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12235     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12236     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12237       New->setModulePrivate();
12238   }
12239 
12240   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12241   // check the specialization.
12242   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12243     Invalid = true;
12244 
12245   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12246   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12247   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12248   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12249       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12250     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12251       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12252       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12253       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12254         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12255             << Name;
12256         Invalid = true;
12257       }
12258     } else {
12259       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12260     }
12261     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12262   }
12263 
12264   if (Invalid)
12265     New->setInvalidDecl();
12266 
12267   if (Attr)
12268     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12269 
12270   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12271   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12272   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12273 
12274   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12275   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12276   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12277   // the tag name visible.
12278   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12279     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12280 
12281   // Set the access specifier.
12282   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12283     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12284 
12285   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12286     New->startDefinition();
12287 
12288   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12289   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12290     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12291     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12292     if (PrevDecl)
12293       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12294 
12295     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12296     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12297     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12298       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12299         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12300   } else if (Name) {
12301     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12302     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12303     if (IsForwardReference)
12304       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12305 
12306   } else {
12307     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12308   }
12309 
12310   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12311   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12312     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12313         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12314         II->isStr("FILE"))
12315       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12316 
12317   if (PrevDecl)
12318     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12319 
12320   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12321   // record.
12322   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12323 
12324   OwnedDecl = true;
12325   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12326   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12327   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12328 }
12329 
12330 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12331   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12332   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12333 
12334   // Enter the tag context.
12335   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12336 
12337   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12338 
12339   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12340   // record.
12341   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12342 }
12343 
12344 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12345   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12346          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12347   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12348   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12349       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12350   CurContext = OCD;
12351   return IDecl;
12352 }
12353 
12354 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12355                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12356                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12357                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12358   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12359   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12360 
12361   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12362 
12363   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12364     return;
12365 
12366   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12367     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12368                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12369 
12370   // C++ [class]p2:
12371   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12372   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12373   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12374   //   as if it were a public member name.
12375   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12376     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12377                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12378                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12379                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12380                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12381   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12382   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12383   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12384   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12385       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12386   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12387   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12388          "Broken injected-class-name");
12389 }
12390 
12391 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12392                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12393   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12394   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12395   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12396 
12397   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12398   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12399     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12400     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12401       RD->completeDefinition();
12402   }
12403 
12404   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12405     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12406 
12407   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12408   PopDeclContext();
12409 
12410   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12411       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12412     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12413 
12414   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12415   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12416     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12417 }
12418 
12419 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12420   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12421   PopDeclContext();
12422 }
12423 
12424 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12425   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12426   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12427   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12428 }
12429 
12430 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12431   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12432   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12433 }
12434 
12435 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12436   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12437   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12438   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12439 
12440   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12441   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12442     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12443       RD->completeDefinition();
12444   }
12445 
12446   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12447   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12448   // the FieldCollector.
12449 
12450   PopDeclContext();
12451 }
12452 
12453 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12454 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12455                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12456                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12457                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12458   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12459   if (ZeroWidth)
12460     *ZeroWidth = true;
12461 
12462   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12463   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12464   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12465     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12466     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12467       return ExprError();
12468     if (FieldName)
12469       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12470         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12471     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12472       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12473   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12474                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12475     return ExprError();
12476 
12477   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12478   // it now.
12479   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12480     return BitWidth;
12481 
12482   llvm::APSInt Value;
12483   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12484   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12485     return ICE;
12486   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12487 
12488   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12489     *ZeroWidth = false;
12490 
12491   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12492   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12493     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12494 
12495   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12496     if (FieldName)
12497       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12498                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12499     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12500       << Value.toString(10);
12501   }
12502 
12503   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12504     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12505     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12506       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12507           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12508         if (FieldName)
12509           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12510             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12511             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12512 
12513         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12514           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12515       }
12516 
12517       if (FieldName)
12518         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12519           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12520           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12521       else
12522         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12523           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12524     }
12525   }
12526 
12527   return BitWidth;
12528 }
12529 
12530 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12531 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12532 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12533                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12534   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12535                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12536                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12537   return Res;
12538 }
12539 
12540 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12541 ///
12542 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12543                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12544                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12545                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12546                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12547   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12548   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12549   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12550 
12551   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12552   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12553   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12554     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12555 
12556     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12557                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12558       D.setInvalidType();
12559       T = Context.IntTy;
12560       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12561     }
12562   }
12563 
12564   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12565   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12566     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12567     D.setInvalidType();
12568   }
12569 
12570   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12571   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12572   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12573     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12574     D.setInvalidType();
12575   }
12576 
12577   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12578 
12579   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12580     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12581          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12582       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12583 
12584   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12585   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12586   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12587   LookupName(Previous, S);
12588   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12589     case LookupResult::Found:
12590     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12591       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12592       break;
12593 
12594     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12595       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12596       break;
12597 
12598     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12599     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12600     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12601       break;
12602   }
12603   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12604 
12605   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12606     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12607     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12608     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12609     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12610   }
12611 
12612   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12613     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12614 
12615   bool Mutable
12616     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12617   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12618   FieldDecl *NewFD
12619     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12620                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12621 
12622   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12623     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12624 
12625   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12626     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12627 
12628   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12629     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12630     // with the same name in the same scope.
12631   } else if (II) {
12632     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12633   } else
12634     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12635 
12636   return NewFD;
12637 }
12638 
12639 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12640 ///
12641 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12642 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12643 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12644 /// created.
12645 ///
12646 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12647 ///
12648 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12649 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12650                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12651                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12652                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12653                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12654                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12655                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12656                                 Declarator *D) {
12657   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12658   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12659   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12660 
12661   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12662   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12663   if (T.isNull()) {
12664     InvalidDecl = true;
12665     T = Context.IntTy;
12666   }
12667 
12668   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12669   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12670     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12671       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12672       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12673       InvalidDecl = true;
12674     } else {
12675       NamedDecl *Def;
12676       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12677       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12678         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12679         InvalidDecl = true;
12680       }
12681     }
12682   }
12683 
12684   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12685   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12686     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12687     InvalidDecl = true;
12688   }
12689 
12690   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12691   // than a variably modified type.
12692   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12693     bool SizeIsNegative;
12694     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12695 
12696     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12697       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12698                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12699                                                     Oversized);
12700     if (FixedTInfo) {
12701       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12702       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12703       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12704     } else {
12705       if (SizeIsNegative)
12706         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12707       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12708         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12709           << Oversized.toString(10);
12710       else
12711         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12712       InvalidDecl = true;
12713     }
12714   }
12715 
12716   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12717   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12718                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12719                                              AbstractFieldType))
12720     InvalidDecl = true;
12721 
12722   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12723   if (InvalidDecl)
12724     BitWidth = nullptr;
12725   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12726   if (BitWidth) {
12727     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12728                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12729     if (!BitWidth) {
12730       InvalidDecl = true;
12731       BitWidth = nullptr;
12732       ZeroWidth = false;
12733     }
12734   }
12735 
12736   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12737   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12738     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12739     if (T->isReferenceType())
12740       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12741                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12742     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12743       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12744 
12745     if (DiagID) {
12746       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12747       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12748         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12749       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12750       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12751         Mutable = false;
12752         InvalidDecl = true;
12753       }
12754     }
12755   }
12756 
12757   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12758   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12759   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12760   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12761     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12762 
12763   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12764                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12765   if (InvalidDecl)
12766     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12767 
12768   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12769     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12770     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12771     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12772   }
12773 
12774   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12775     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12776       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12777         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12778         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12779           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12780           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12781           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12782           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12783           // objects.
12784           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12785             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12786         }
12787       }
12788 
12789       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12790       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12791       // enabled.
12792       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12793         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12794                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12795                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12796           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12797         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12798           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12799       }
12800     }
12801   }
12802 
12803   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12804   // representation, not a parser representation.
12805   if (D) {
12806     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12807     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12808 
12809     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12810       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12811   }
12812 
12813   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12814   // retainable type.
12815   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12816     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12817 
12818   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12819     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12820 
12821   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12822   return NewFD;
12823 }
12824 
12825 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12826   assert(FD);
12827   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12828 
12829   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12830     return false;
12831 
12832   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12833   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12834     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12835     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12836       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12837       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12838       // copy constructors.
12839 
12840       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12841       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12842       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12843       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12844       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12845       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12846       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12847         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12848       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12849         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12850       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12851         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12852       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12853         member = CXXDestructor;
12854 
12855       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12856         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12857             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12858           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12859           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12860           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12861           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12862           // members unavailable.
12863           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12864           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12865             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12866               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12867                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12868                                   Loc));
12869             return false;
12870           }
12871         }
12872 
12873         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12874                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12875                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12876           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12877         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12878         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12879       }
12880     }
12881   }
12882 
12883   return false;
12884 }
12885 
12886 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12887 ///  AST enum value.
12888 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12889 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12890   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12891   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12892   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12893   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12894   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12895   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12896   }
12897 }
12898 
12899 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12900 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12901 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12902                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12903                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12904                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12905 
12906   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12907   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12908   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12909   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12910 
12911   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12912   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12913 
12914   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12915   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12916 
12917   if (BitWidth) {
12918     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12919     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12920     if (!BitWidth)
12921       D.setInvalidType();
12922   } else {
12923     // Not a bitfield.
12924 
12925     // validate II.
12926 
12927   }
12928   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12929     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12930     D.setInvalidType();
12931   }
12932   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12933   // than a variably modified type.
12934   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12935     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12936     D.setInvalidType();
12937   }
12938 
12939   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12940   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12941     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12942                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12943   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12944   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12945   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12946     return nullptr;
12947   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12948   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12949       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12950     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12951     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12952       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12953       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12954     }
12955     else
12956       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12957   } else {
12958     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12959         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12960       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12961         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12962         return nullptr;
12963       }
12964     }
12965     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12966   }
12967 
12968   // Construct the decl.
12969   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12970                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12971                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12972 
12973   if (II) {
12974     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12975                                            ForRedeclaration);
12976     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12977         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12978       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12979       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12980       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12981     }
12982   }
12983 
12984   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12985   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12986 
12987   if (D.isInvalidType())
12988     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12989 
12990   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12991   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12992     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12993 
12994   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12995     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12996 
12997   if (II) {
12998     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12999     // these to the interface.
13000     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13001     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13002   }
13003 
13004   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13005       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13006     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13007 
13008   return NewID;
13009 }
13010 
13011 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13012 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13013 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13014 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13015 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13016                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13017   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13018     return;
13019 
13020   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13021   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13022 
13023   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13024     return;
13025   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13026   if (!ID) {
13027     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13028       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13029         return;
13030     }
13031     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13032     else
13033       return;
13034   }
13035   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13036   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13037   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13038 
13039   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13040                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13041                               Context.CharTy,
13042                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13043                                                                DeclLoc),
13044                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13045                               true);
13046   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13047 }
13048 
13049 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13050                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13051                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13052   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13053 
13054   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13055   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13056   // it will now change.
13057   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13058     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13059     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13060     default: break;
13061     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13062       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13063       break;
13064     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13065       Context.
13066         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13067       break;
13068     }
13069   }
13070 
13071   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13072 
13073   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13074   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13075   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13076   if (Record) {
13077     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13078       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13079         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13080           ++NumNamedMembers;
13081     }
13082   }
13083 
13084   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13085   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13086 
13087   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13088   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13089        i != end; ++i) {
13090     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13091 
13092     // Get the type for the field.
13093     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13094 
13095     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13096       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13097       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13098     }
13099 
13100     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13101     // diagnostics about it.
13102     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13103       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13104       continue;
13105     }
13106 
13107     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13108     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13109     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13110     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13111     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13112     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13113     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13114     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13115     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13116     //   array.
13117     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13118       // Field declared as a function.
13119       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13120         << FD->getDeclName();
13121       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13122       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13123       continue;
13124     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13125                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13126                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13127                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13128                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13129       // Flexible array member.
13130       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13131       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13132       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13133       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13134       if (Record->isUnion())
13135         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13136                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13137                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13138                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13139                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13140       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13141         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13142                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13143                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13144                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13145                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13146                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13147                                  : 0;
13148 
13149       if (DiagID)
13150         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13151                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13152       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13153       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13154       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13155       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13156       // of the type.
13157       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13158         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13159           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13160             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13161       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13162         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13163           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13164 
13165       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13166       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13167       //
13168       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13169       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13170       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13171       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13172         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13173           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13174         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13175         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13176         continue;
13177       }
13178       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13179       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13180     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13181                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13182                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13183       // Incomplete type
13184       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13185       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13186       continue;
13187     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13188       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13189         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13190         // flexible array member.
13191         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13192         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13193           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13194           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13195           // structures.
13196           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13197             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13198               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13199           else {
13200             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13201             // other structs as an extension.
13202             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13203               << FD->getDeclName();
13204           }
13205         }
13206       }
13207       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13208           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13209                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13210                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13211         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13212         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13213       }
13214       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13215         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13216       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13217         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13218     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13219       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13220       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13221         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13222       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13223       FD->setType(T);
13224     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13225                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13226       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13227       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13228       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13229       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13230       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13231       QualType T = FD->getType();
13232       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13233       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13234         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13235         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13236           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13237             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13238                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13239                               loc));
13240           }
13241         } else {
13242           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13243             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13244         }
13245         ARCErrReported = true;
13246       }
13247     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13248                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13249                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13250       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13251           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13252         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13253       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13254         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13255         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13256             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13257           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13258         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13259                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13260                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13261       }
13262     }
13263     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13264       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13265     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13266     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13267       ++NumNamedMembers;
13268   }
13269 
13270   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13271   if (Record) {
13272     bool Completed = false;
13273     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13274       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13275         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13276         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13277                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13278                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13279           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13280 
13281         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13282           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13283             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13284             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13285               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13286                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13287           }
13288 
13289           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13290           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13291 
13292           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13293           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13294           // problem now.
13295           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13296             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13297             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13298 
13299             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13300                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13301                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13302               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13303                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13304                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13305                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13306                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13307                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13308                   continue;
13309 
13310                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13311                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13312                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13313                 //   program is ill-formed.
13314                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13315                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13316                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13317                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13318                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13319                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13320                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13321                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13322                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13323                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13324 
13325                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13326               }
13327             }
13328             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13329             Completed = true;
13330           }
13331         }
13332       }
13333     }
13334 
13335     if (!Completed)
13336       Record->completeDefinition();
13337 
13338     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13339       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13340 
13341       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13342         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13343                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13344                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13345     }
13346 
13347     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13348     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13349     // compatibility problems.
13350     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13351     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13352       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13353     } else {
13354       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13355       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13356       CheckForZeroSize =
13357           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13358           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13359           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13360     }
13361     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13362       bool ZeroSize = true;
13363       bool IsEmpty = true;
13364       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13365       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13366                                       E = Record->field_end();
13367            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13368         IsEmpty = false;
13369         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13370           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13371             ZeroSize = false;
13372         } else {
13373           ++NonBitFields;
13374           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13375           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13376               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13377             ZeroSize = false;
13378         }
13379       }
13380 
13381       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13382       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13383       // extern "C" block.
13384       if (ZeroSize) {
13385         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13386                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13387                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13388           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13389       }
13390 
13391       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13392       // but are accepted by GCC.
13393       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13394         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13395                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13396           << Record->isUnion();
13397       }
13398     }
13399   } else {
13400     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13401       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13402     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13403       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13404       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13405       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13406         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13407         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13408       }
13409       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13410       // duplicates.
13411       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13412         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13413     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13414                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13415       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13416       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13417         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13418         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13419         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13420       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13421       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13422       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13423     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13424                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13425       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13426       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13427       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13428       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13429       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13430       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13431       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13432       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13433         if (IDecl) {
13434           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13435               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13436             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13437                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13438             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13439             continue;
13440           }
13441           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13442             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13443                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13444               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13445                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13446               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13447               continue;
13448             }
13449           }
13450         }
13451         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13452         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13453       }
13454       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13455       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13456     }
13457   }
13458 
13459   if (Attr)
13460     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13461 }
13462 
13463 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13464 /// the given type T.
13465 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13466                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13467                                         QualType T) {
13468   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13469   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13470 
13471   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13472     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13473       --BitWidth;
13474     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13475   }
13476   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13477 }
13478 
13479 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13480 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13481 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13482   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13483   // enum checking below.
13484   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13485   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13486   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13487     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13488   };
13489   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13490     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13491     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13492   };
13493 
13494   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13495   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13496                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13497   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13498     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13499       return Types[I];
13500 
13501   return QualType();
13502 }
13503 
13504 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13505                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13506                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13507                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13508                                           Expr *Val) {
13509   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13510   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13511   QualType EltTy;
13512 
13513   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13514     Val = nullptr;
13515 
13516   if (Val)
13517     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13518 
13519   if (Val) {
13520     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13521       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13522     else {
13523       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13524       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13525           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13526         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13527         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13528         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13529         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13530         ExprResult Converted =
13531           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13532                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13533         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13534           Val = nullptr;
13535         else
13536           Val = Converted.get();
13537       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13538                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13539                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13540         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13541       } else {
13542         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13543           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13544 
13545           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13546           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13547           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13548           // expression checking.
13549           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13550             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13551               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13552               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13553             } else
13554               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13555           } else
13556             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13557         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13558           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13559           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13560           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13561           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13562           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13563           EltTy = Val->getType();
13564         } else {
13565           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13566           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13567           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13568           //   representable as an int.
13569 
13570           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13571           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13572             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13573               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13574               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13575           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13576             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13577             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13578           }
13579           EltTy = Val->getType();
13580         }
13581       }
13582     }
13583   }
13584 
13585   if (!Val) {
13586     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13587       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13588     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13589       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13590       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13591       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13592       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13593       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13594       //
13595       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13596       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13597       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13598         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13599       }
13600       else {
13601         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13602       }
13603     } else {
13604       // Assign the last value + 1.
13605       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13606       ++EnumVal;
13607       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13608 
13609       // Check for overflow on increment.
13610       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13611         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13612         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13613         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13614         //
13615         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13616         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13617         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13618         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13619         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13620         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13621         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13622         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13623           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13624           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13625           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13626           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13627           ++EnumVal;
13628           if (Enum->isFixed())
13629             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13630             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13631               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13632               << EltTy;
13633           else
13634             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13635               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13636         } else {
13637           EltTy = T;
13638         }
13639 
13640         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13641         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13642         // value, then increment.
13643         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13644         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13645         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13646         ++EnumVal;
13647 
13648         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13649         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13650         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13651         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13652         // integral type.
13653         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13654           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13655       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13656                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13657         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13658         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13659           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13660       }
13661     }
13662   }
13663 
13664   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13665     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13666     // enumerator's type.
13667     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13668     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13669   }
13670 
13671   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13672                                   Val, EnumVal);
13673 }
13674 
13675 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13676                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13677   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13678       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13679     return SkipBodyInfo();
13680 
13681   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13682   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13683   // skip the body.
13684   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13685                                          ForRedeclaration);
13686   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13687   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13688   if (PrevECD &&
13689       !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()),
13690                             &Hidden)) {
13691     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13692     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13693     return Skip;
13694   }
13695 
13696   return SkipBodyInfo();
13697 }
13698 
13699 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13700                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13701                               AttributeList *Attr,
13702                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13703   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13704   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13705     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13706 
13707   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13708   // we find one that is.
13709   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13710 
13711   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13712   // scope.
13713   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13714                                          ForRedeclaration);
13715   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13716     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13717     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13718     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13719     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13720   }
13721 
13722   if (PrevDecl) {
13723     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13724     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13725     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13726            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13727     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13728       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13729         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13730       else
13731         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13732       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13733       return nullptr;
13734     }
13735   }
13736 
13737   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13738   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13739   // different from T:
13740   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13741   // enumerated type
13742   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13743     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13744                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13745 
13746   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13747     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13748 
13749   if (New) {
13750     // Process attributes.
13751     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13752 
13753     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13754     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13755     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13756   }
13757 
13758   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13759 
13760   return New;
13761 }
13762 
13763 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13764 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13765 // Element2 = Element1
13766 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13767 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13768 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13769 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13770   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13771   if (!InitExpr)
13772     return true;
13773   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13774 
13775   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13776     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13777       return true;
13778     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13779     if (!IL)
13780       return true;
13781     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13782       return true;
13783 
13784     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13785   }
13786 
13787   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13788   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13789   if (!DRE)
13790     return true;
13791 
13792   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13793   if (!EnumConstant)
13794     return true;
13795 
13796   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13797       Enum)
13798     return true;
13799 
13800   return false;
13801 }
13802 
13803 struct DupKey {
13804   int64_t val;
13805   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13806   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13807     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13808 };
13809 
13810 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13811   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13812                 false);
13813 }
13814 
13815 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13816   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13817   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13818   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13819     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13820   }
13821   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13822     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13823            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13824   }
13825 };
13826 
13827 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13828 // a previous element has already been set to.
13829 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13830                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13831                                         QualType EnumType) {
13832   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13833     return;
13834   // Avoid anonymous enums
13835   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13836     return;
13837 
13838   // Only check for small enums.
13839   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13840     return;
13841 
13842   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13843   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13844 
13845   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13846   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13847           ValueToVectorMap;
13848 
13849   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13850   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13851 
13852   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13853   // an initialier.
13854   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13855     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13856 
13857     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13858     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13859     if (!ECD) {
13860       return;
13861     }
13862 
13863     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13864       continue;
13865 
13866     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13867     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13868 
13869     // First time encountering this value.
13870     if (Entry.isNull())
13871       Entry = ECD;
13872   }
13873 
13874   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13875   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13876     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13877     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13878       continue;
13879 
13880     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13881 
13882     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13883     if (Entry.isNull())
13884       continue;
13885 
13886     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13887       // Ensure constants are different.
13888       if (D == ECD)
13889         continue;
13890 
13891       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13892       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13893       Vec->push_back(D);
13894       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13895 
13896       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13897       Entry = Vec;
13898 
13899       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13900       // diagnostics.
13901       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13902       continue;
13903     }
13904 
13905     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13906     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13907     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13908       continue;
13909 
13910     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13911   }
13912 
13913   // Emit diagnostics.
13914   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13915                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13916        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13917     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13918     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13919 
13920     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13921     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13922     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13923       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13924       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13925     ++I;
13926 
13927     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13928     // the same value.
13929     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13930       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13931         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13932         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13933     delete Vec;
13934   }
13935 }
13936 
13937 bool
13938 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13939                         bool AllowMask) const {
13940   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13941   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13942 
13943   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13944   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13945 
13946   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13947   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13948 
13949   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13950   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13951   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13952   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13953   //
13954   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13955   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13956   // likely a logic error.
13957   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13958     return true;
13959 
13960   if (AllowMask) {
13961     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13962     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13963     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13964     // benefit of the doubt.
13965     //
13966     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13967     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13968     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13969     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13970     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13971     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13972     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13973     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13974       return true;
13975   }
13976 
13977   return false;
13978 }
13979 
13980 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13981                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13982                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13983                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13984   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13985   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13986 
13987   if (Attr)
13988     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13989 
13990   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13991     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13992       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13993         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13994       if (!ECD) continue;
13995 
13996       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13997     }
13998 
13999     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14000     return;
14001   }
14002 
14003   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14004   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14005   // emit a warning.
14006   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14007   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14008   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14009 
14010   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14011   // reverse the list.
14012   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14013   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14014 
14015   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14016   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14017 
14018   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14019     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14020       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14021     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14022 
14023     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14024 
14025     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14026     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14027       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14028                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14029     else
14030       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14031                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14032 
14033     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14034     if (AllElementsInt)
14035       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14036   }
14037 
14038   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14039   QualType BestType;
14040   unsigned BestWidth;
14041 
14042   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14043   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14044   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14045   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14046   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14047   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14048   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14049   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14050   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14051   QualType BestPromotionType;
14052 
14053   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14054   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14055   // enum definitions.
14056   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14057     Packed = true;
14058 
14059   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14060     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14061     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14062       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14063     else
14064       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14065 
14066     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14067   }
14068   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14069     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14070     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14071     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14072     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14073       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14074       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14075     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14076                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14077       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14078       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14079     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14080       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14081       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14082     } else {
14083       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14084 
14085       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14086         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14087       } else {
14088         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14089 
14090         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14091           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14092         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14093       }
14094     }
14095     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14096   } else {
14097     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14098     // all of the enumerator values.
14099     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14100     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14101       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14102       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14103       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14104     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14105       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14106       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14107       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14108     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14109       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14110       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14111       BestPromotionType
14112         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14113                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14114     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14115                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14116       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14117       BestPromotionType
14118         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14119                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14120     } else {
14121       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14122       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14123              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14124       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14125       BestPromotionType
14126         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14127                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14128     }
14129   }
14130 
14131   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
14132   if (FEAttr)
14133     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
14134 
14135   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14136   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
14137   // FlagBits cache.
14138   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14139     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14140     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14141 
14142     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14143     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14144     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14145     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14146     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14147 
14148     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14149     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14150 
14151     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14152     // the enum decl type.
14153     QualType NewTy;
14154     unsigned NewWidth;
14155     bool NewSign;
14156     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14157         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14158         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14159       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14160       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14161       NewSign = true;
14162     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14163       // Already the right type!
14164       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14165         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14166         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14167         // enumeration.
14168         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14169       goto flagbits;
14170     } else {
14171       NewTy = BestType;
14172       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14173       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14174     }
14175 
14176     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14177     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14178     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14179     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14180 
14181     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14182     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14183         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14184       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14185                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14186                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14187                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14188                                                 VK_RValue));
14189     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14190       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14191       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14192       // enumeration.
14193       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14194     else
14195       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14196 
14197 flagbits:
14198     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
14199     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
14200     if (FEAttr) {
14201       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
14202       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
14203         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
14204       }
14205     }
14206   }
14207 
14208   if (FEAttr) {
14209     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14210       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14211       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14212 
14213       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14214       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14215         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14216           << ECD << Enum;
14217     }
14218   }
14219 
14220 
14221 
14222   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14223                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14224 
14225   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14226 
14227   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14228   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14229     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14230 }
14231 
14232 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14233                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14234                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14235   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14236 
14237   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14238                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14239                                                    EndLoc);
14240   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14241   return New;
14242 }
14243 
14244 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14245                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14246                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14247   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14248     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14249     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14250       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14251         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14252           << M->getFullModuleName();
14253         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14254         return;
14255       }
14256       break;
14257     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14258       break;
14259     }
14260     DC = LSD->getParent();
14261   }
14262 
14263   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14264     DC = DC->getParent();
14265   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14266     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14267       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14268     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14269            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14270       << DC;
14271   }
14272 }
14273 
14274 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14275                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14276                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14277   Module *Mod =
14278       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14279                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14280   if (!Mod)
14281     return true;
14282 
14283   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14284 
14285   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14286 
14287   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14288   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14289   // silently ignoring the import.
14290   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14291     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14292         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14293   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14294     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14295         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14296 
14297   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14298   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14299   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14300     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14301     // We need the length to be consistent.
14302     if (!ModCheck)
14303       break;
14304     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14305 
14306     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14307   }
14308 
14309   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14310                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14311                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14312                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14313   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14314   return Import;
14315 }
14316 
14317 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14318   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14319 
14320   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14321   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14322   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14323   //
14324   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14325   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14326       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14327       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14328 
14329   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14330   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14331   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14332     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14333     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14334                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14335                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14336     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14337     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14338   }
14339 
14340   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14341   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14342 }
14343 
14344 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14345   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14346 
14347   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14348     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14349   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14350 }
14351 
14352 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14353   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14354 
14355   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14356     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14357     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14358     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14359   }
14360 }
14361 
14362 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14363                                                       Module *Mod) {
14364   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14365   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14366     return;
14367 
14368   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14369   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14370   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14371                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14372   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14373   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14374 
14375   // Make the module visible.
14376   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14377   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14378 }
14379 
14380 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14381                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14382                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14383                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14384                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14385   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14386                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14387   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14388       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14389 
14390   // If a declaration that:
14391   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14392   // 2) has external linkage
14393   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14394   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14395     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14396       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14397     else
14398       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14399           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14400   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14401   } else
14402     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14403 }
14404 
14405 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14406                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14407                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14408   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14409 
14410   if (PrevDecl) {
14411     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14412   } else {
14413     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14414       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14415         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14416   }
14417 }
14418 
14419 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14420                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14421                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14422                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14423                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14424   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14425                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14426   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14427 
14428   if (PrevDecl) {
14429     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14430       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14431         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14432   } else {
14433     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14434       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14435   }
14436 }
14437 
14438 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14439   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14440 }
14441 
14442 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14443   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14444   if (!D)
14445     return AR_Available;
14446 
14447   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14448   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14449   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14450   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14451   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14452   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14453     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14454     if (R != AR_Available)
14455       return R;
14456     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14457   }
14458   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14459   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14460   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14461             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14462     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14463   }
14464   // Recover from user error.
14465   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14466 }
14467